UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

Commission file number 001-31940

F.N.B. CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Florida	25-1255406
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
One F.N.B. Boulevard, Hermitage, PA	16148
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:	724-981-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class	Name of Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E, par value $0.01 per share	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer  x	Accelerated Filer  ¨	Non-accelerated Filer  ¨	Smaller Reporting Company  ¨
	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2013, determined using a per share closing price on that date of $12.08, as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, was $1,663,448,797.

As of February 18, 2014, the registrant had outstanding 165,681,400 shares of common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of F.N.B. Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. F.N.B. Corporation will file its definitive proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 15, 2014.

INDEX

		PAGE
PART I
Item 1.	Business.		3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors.		23
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments.		36
Item 2.	Properties.		36
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings.		37
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures.		38
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.		39
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data.		41
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.		43
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.		74
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.		75
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.		153
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures.		153
Item 9B.	Other Information.		154
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.		154
Item 11.	Executive Compensation.		154
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.		154
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.		155
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services.		155
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.		155
Signatures			156
Index to Exhibits			158

2

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements: From time to time F.N.B. Corporation (the Corporation) has made and may continue to make written or oral forward-looking statements with respect to the Corporation’s outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, asset quality or other future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations, or the impact of legal, regulatory or supervisory matters on the Corporation’s business operations or performance. This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the Report) also includes forward-looking statements. See Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information in Item 7 of this Report.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

The Corporation was formed in 1974 as a bank holding company. In 2000, the Corporation elected to become and remains a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLB Act). The Corporation has four reportable business segments: Community Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance and Consumer Finance. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation had 266 Community Banking offices in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Maryland and West Virginia and 72 Consumer Finance offices in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Tennessee and Kentucky.

The Corporation, through its subsidiaries, provides a full range of financial services, principally to consumers and small- to medium-sized businesses in its market areas. The Corporation’s business strategy focuses primarily on providing quality, community-based financial services adapted to the needs of each of the markets it serves. The Corporation seeks to maintain its community orientation by providing local management with certain autonomy in decision making, enabling them to respond to customer requests more quickly and to concentrate on transactions within their market areas. However, while the Corporation seeks to preserve some decision making at a local level, it has centralized legal, loan review and underwriting, accounting, investment, audit, loan operations, deposit operations and data processing functions. The centralization of these processes enables the Corporation to maintain consistent quality of these functions and to achieve certain economies of scale.

As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation had total assets of $13.6 billion, loans of $9.5 billion and deposits of $10.2 billion. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Report.

Mergers and Acquisitions

BCSB Bancorp, Inc.

On February 15, 2014, the Corporation completed its acquisition of BCSB Bancorp, Inc. (BCSB), a bank holding company based in Baltimore, Maryland. As of December 31, 2013, BCSB had $605.9 million in assets, $326.3 million in loans and $531.6 million in deposits. The acquisition was valued at $81.2 million and resulted in the Corporation issuing 6,730,597 shares of its common stock in exchange for 3,235,961 shares of BCSB common stock.

PVF Capital Corp.

On October 12, 2013, the Corporation completed its acquisition of PVF Capital Corp. (PVF), a savings and loan holding company based in Solon, Ohio. On the acquisition date, the estimated fair values of PVF included $738.5 million in assets, $512.6 million in loans and $627.0 million in deposits. The acquisition was valued at $110.3 million and resulted in the Corporation issuing 8,893,598 shares of its common stock in exchange for 26,119,398 shares of PVF common stock.

3

Annapolis Bancorp, Inc.

On April 6, 2013, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Annapolis Bancorp, Inc. (ANNB), a bank holding company based in Annapolis, Maryland. On the acquisition date, the fair values of ANNB included $430.2 million in assets, $256.2 million in loans and $349.4 million in deposits. The acquisition was valued at $56.3 million and resulted in the Corporation issuing 4,641,412 shares of its common stock in exchange for 4,060,802 shares of ANNB common stock. Additionally, the Corporation paid $0.6 million, or $0.15 per share, to the holders of ANNB common stock as cash consideration due to the collection of a certain loan, as designated in the merger agreement.

Parkvale Financial Corporation

On January 1, 2012, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Parkvale Financial Corporation (Parkvale), a unitary savings and loan holding company based in Monroeville, Pennsylvania. On the acquisition date, the fair values of Parkvale included $1.7 billion in assets, $919.5 million in loans and $1.5 billion in deposits. The acquisition was valued at $140.9 million and resulted in the Corporation issuing 12,159,312 shares of its common stock in exchange for 5,582,846 shares of Parkvale common stock.

For more detailed information concerning these acquisitions, see the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Securities Offerings

On November 1, 2013, the Corporation closed the public offering of 4,000,000 depositary shares pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, dated October 29, 2013, between the Corporation and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as representatives for the underwriters listed therein. The Corporation additionally granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 600,000 depositary shares. The underwriters exercised their option and purchased 435,080 additional depositary shares, the sale of which closed on November 14, 2013. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/40th interest in a share of the Corporation’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E (Series E Preferred Stock), with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). Dividends accrue and are payable on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per share of Series E Preferred Stock in arrears at 7.25% per annum only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and to the extent the Corporation has legally available funds to pay dividends.

Also on November 1, 2013, the Corporation closed the public offering of 4,693,876 shares of its common stock pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, dated October 29, 2013, between the Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as representatives for the underwriters listed therein.

The Corporation received aggregate net proceeds of $161.3 million from these offerings and intends to use the proceeds to support future growth opportunities and proactively position the Corporation for Basel III implementation. See the “Government Supervision and Regulation – Basel III” caption included in this section of this Report.

Business Segments

In addition to the following information relating to the Corporation’s business segments, more detailed information is contained in the Business Segments footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation had four business segments, with the largest being the Community Banking segment consisting of a regional community bank. The Wealth Management segment consists of a trust company, a registered investment advisor and a subsidiary that offered broker-dealer services through a third party networking arrangement with a non-affiliated licensed broker-dealer entity. The Insurance segment consists of an insurance agency and a reinsurer. The Consumer Finance segment consists of a multi-state consumer finance company.

4

Community Banking

The Corporation’s Community Banking segment consists of First National Bank of Pennsylvania (FNBPA), which offers services traditionally offered by full-service commercial banks, including commercial and individual demand, savings and time deposit accounts and commercial, mortgage and individual installment loans.

The goals of Community Banking are to generate high-quality, profitable revenue growth through increased business with its current customers, attract new customer relationships through FNBPA’s current branches and expand into new and existing markets through de novo branch openings, acquisitions and the establishment of loan production offices. The Corporation considers Community Banking an important source of revenue opportunity through the cross-selling of products and services offered by the Corporation’s other business segments.

As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation operated its Community Banking business through a network of 266 branches in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Maryland and West Virginia. The Community Banking segment also has commercial real estate loans in Florida, which were originated from 2005 through 2009.

The lending philosophy of Community Banking is to establish high-quality customer relationships, while minimizing credit losses by following strict credit approval standards (which include independent analysis of realizable collateral value), diversifying its loan portfolio by industry and borrower and conducting ongoing review and management of the loan portfolio. Commercial loans are generally made to established businesses within the geographic market areas served by Community Banking.

No material portion of the loans or deposits of Community Banking has been obtained from a single customer or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s loans or deposits or a small group of customers’ loans or deposits by Community Banking would not have a material adverse effect on the Community Banking segment or on the Corporation. The substantial majority of the loans and deposits have been generated within the geographic market areas in which Community Banking operates.

Wealth Management

The Corporation’s Wealth Management segment delivers wealth management services to individuals, corporations and retirement funds, as well as existing customers of Community Banking, located primarily within the Corporation’s geographic markets.

The Corporation’s Wealth Management operations are conducted through three subsidiaries of FNBPA. First National Trust Company (FNTC) provides a broad range of personal and corporate fiduciary services, including the administration of decedent and trust estates. As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of trust assets under management was approximately $3.2 billion. FNTC is required to maintain certain minimum capitalization levels in accordance with regulatory requirements. FNTC periodically measures its capital position to ensure all minimum capitalization levels are maintained.

The Corporation’s Wealth Management segment also includes two other subsidiaries. First National Investment Services Company, LLC (FNIS) offers a broad array of investment products and services for customers of Wealth Management through a networking relationship with a third-party licensed brokerage firm. F.N.B. Investment Advisors, Inc. (FNBIA), an investment advisor registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), offers customers of Wealth Management comprehensive investment programs featuring mutual funds, annuities, stocks and bonds.

No material portion of the business of Wealth Management has been obtained from a single customer or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s business or the business of a small group of customers by Wealth Management would not have a material adverse effect on the Wealth Management segment or on the Corporation.

5

Insurance

The Corporation’s Insurance segment operates principally through First National Insurance Agency, LLC (FNIA), which is a subsidiary of the Corporation. FNIA is a full-service insurance brokerage agency offering numerous lines of commercial and personal insurance through major carriers to businesses and individuals primarily within the Corporation’s geographic markets. The goal of FNIA is to grow revenue through cross-selling to existing clients of Community Banking and to gain new clients through its own channels.

The Corporation’s Insurance segment also includes a reinsurance subsidiary, Penn-Ohio Life Insurance Company (Penn-Ohio). Penn-Ohio underwrites, as a reinsurer, credit life and accident and health insurance sold by the Corporation’s lending subsidiaries. Additionally, FNBPA owns a direct subsidiary, First National Corporation, which offers title insurance products.

No material portion of the business of Insurance has been obtained from a single customer or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s business or the business of a small group of customers by Insurance would not have a material adverse effect on the Insurance segment or on the Corporation.

Consumer Finance

The Corporation’s Consumer Finance segment operates through its subsidiary, Regency Finance Company (Regency), which is involved principally in making personal installment loans to individuals and purchasing installment sales finance contracts from retail merchants. Such activity is primarily funded through the sale of the Corporation’s subordinated notes at Regency’s branch offices. The Consumer Finance segment operates in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Tennessee and Kentucky.

No material portion of the business of Consumer Finance has been obtained from a single customer or small group of customers, and the loss of any one customer’s business or the business of a small group of customers by Consumer Finance would not have a material adverse effect on the Consumer Finance segment or on the Corporation.

Other

The Corporation also operates other non-banking subsidiaries. F.N.B. Capital Corporation, LLC (FNBCC), a merchant banking subsidiary, offered mezzanine financing options for small- to medium-sized businesses that need financial assistance beyond the parameters of typical commercial bank lending products. FNBCC has a 24.9% funding commitment in F.N.B. Capital Partners, L.P., a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration. F.N.B. Statutory Trust II, Omega Financial Capital Trust I and Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I issued trust preferred securities (TPS) to third-party investors. Regency Consumer Financial Services, Inc. and FNB Consumer Financial Services, Inc. are the general partner and limited partner, respectively, of FNB Financial Services, LP, a company established to issue, administer and repay the subordinated notes through which loans in the Consumer Finance segment are funded. Additionally, Bank Capital Services, LLC, a subsidiary of FNBPA, offers commercial leasing services to customers in need of new or used equipment. Certain financial information concerning these subsidiaries, along with the parent company and intercompany eliminations, are included in the “Parent and Other” category in the Business Segments footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Market Area and Competition

The Corporation primarily operates in Pennsylvania, eastern Ohio, and northern West Virginia, which are areas with relatively stable markets and modest growth. Additionally, the Corporation operates in higher growth markets in Maryland. In addition to Pennsylvania and Ohio, the Corporation’s Consumer Finance segment also operates in northern and central Tennessee and western and central Kentucky.

6

The Corporation’s subsidiaries compete for deposits, loans and financial services business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit life insurance companies, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions and commercial finance and leasing companies, many of which have greater resources than the Corporation. In providing wealth and asset management services, as well as insurance brokerage services, the Corporation’s subsidiaries compete with many other financial services firms, brokerage firms, mutual fund complexes, investment management firms, trust and fiduciary service providers and insurance agencies.

In Regency’s market areas of Pennsylvania, Ohio, Tennessee and Kentucky, its active competitors include banks, credit unions and national, regional and local consumer finance companies, some of which have substantially greater resources than that of Regency. The ready availability of consumer credit through charge accounts and credit cards constitutes additional competition. In this market area, competition is based on the rates of interest charged for loans, the rates of interest paid to obtain funds and the availability of customer services.

The ability to access and use technology is an increasingly important competitive factor in the financial services industry. Technology is not only important with respect to delivery of financial services and protection of the security of customer information, but also in processing information. The Corporation and each of its subsidiaries must continually make technological investments to remain competitive in the financial services industry.

Underwriting

Commercial Loans

The Corporation’s Credit Policy Manual requires, among other things, that all commercial loans be underwritten to document the borrower’s financial capacity to support the cash flow required to repay the loan. As part of this underwriting, the Corporation requires clear and concise documentation of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan based on current financial statements and/or tax returns, plus pro-forma financial statements, as appropriate. Specific guidelines for loan terms and conditions are outlined in the Corporation’s Credit Policy Manual. The guidelines also detail the collateral requirements for various loan types. It is the Corporation’s general practice to obtain personal guarantees, supported by current personal financial statements and/or tax returns, to reduce the credit risk, as appropriate.

For loans secured by commercial real estate, the Corporation obtains current and independent appraisals from licensed or certified appraisers to assess the value of the underlying collateral. The Corporation’s general policy for commercial real estate loans is to limit the terms of the loans to not more than 15 years and to have loan-to-value (LTV) ratios not exceeding 80% on owner-occupied and income producing properties. For non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, the loan terms are generally aligned with the property’s lease terms, and in many instances, these loans mature within 5 years. The Corporation’s Credit Policy Manual also delineates similar guidelines for maximum terms and acceptable advance rates for loans that are not secured by real estate.

Consumer Loans

The Corporation’s revolving home equity lines of credit (HELOC) are generally variable rate loans underwritten based on fully indexed rates. For home equity loans, the Corporation’s policy is to generally require a LTV ratio not in excess of 85% and FICO scores of not less than 660. In certain circumstances, the Corporation will extend credit to borrowers with a LTV over 85% on a limited and closely monitored basis. The Corporation’s underwriters evaluate a borrower’s debt service capacity on all line of credit applications by utilizing an interest shock rate of 3% over the prevailing variable interest rate at origination. The borrower’s debt-to-income ratio must remain within the Corporation’s guidelines under the shock rate repayment formula. The Corporation has elected, with the onset of the qualified mortgage (QM) rules established by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) in 2014, to tightly limit the origination of non-QM loans.

7

The Corporation’s policy for its indirect installment loans, which third parties (primarily auto dealers) originate, is to require a minimum FICO score of 640 for the borrower, the age of the vehicle not to exceed 7 years or 100,000 miles and an appropriate LTV ratio, not to exceed 115% inclusive of back end added products, based on the year and make of the vehicle financed.

The Corporation structures its consumer loan products to meet the diverse credit needs of consumers in the Corporation’s market for personal and household purposes. These loan products are on a fixed amount or revolving basis depending on customer need and borrowing capacity. The Corporation’s loans and lines of credit attempt to balance borrower budgeting sensitivities with realistic repayment maturities within a philosophy that encourages consumer financial responsibility, sound credit risk management and development of strong customer relationships.

The Corporation’s consumer loan policies and procedures require prospective borrowers to provide appropriate and accurate financial information that will enable the Corporation’s loan underwriting personnel to make credit decisions. Specific information requirements vary based on loan type, risk profile and secondary investor requirements where applicable. In all extensions of credit, however, the Corporation insists on evidence of capacity as well as an independent credit report to assess the prospective borrower’s willingness and ability to repay the debt. If any information submitted by the prospective borrower raises reasonable doubts with respect to the willingness and ability of the borrower to repay the loan, the Corporation denies the credit. The Corporation does not provide loans in which there is no verification of the prospective borrower’s income. The Corporation does not make interest-only or similar type residential mortgage loans.

The Corporation often takes collateral to support an extension of credit and to provide additional protection should the primary source of repayment fail. Consequently, the Corporation limits unsecured extensions of credit in amount and only grants them to borrowers with adequate capacity and above-average credit profiles. The Corporation expressly discourages unsecured credit lines for debt consolidation unless there is compelling evidence that the borrower has sufficient liquidity and net worth to repay the loan from alternative sources in the event of income disruption.

The Corporation generally obtains full independent appraisals of residential real estate collateral values on residential mortgage applications of $100,000 and greater. The Corporation may use algorithm-based valuation models for residential mortgages under $100,000. The Corporation recognizes the limitations as well as the benefits of these valuation products. The Corporation’s policy is to be conservative in their use but fluid and flexible in interpreting reasonable collateral values when obtained.

The Corporation monitors consumer loans with exceptions to its policy including, but not limited to, LTV ratios, FICO scores and debt-to-income ratios. Management routinely evaluates the type, nature, trend and scope of these exceptions and reacts through policy changes, lender counseling, adjustment of loan authorities and similar prerogatives to assure that the retail assets generated meet acceptable credit quality standards. As an added precaution, the Corporation’s risk management personnel conduct periodic reviews of loan files.

Regency Finance Company Loans

Regency originates three general types of loans: direct real estate, direct non-real estate and indirect sales finance. Regency has written policies and procedures that it distributes to each Regency branch office defining underwriting, pricing and loan servicing guidelines. Regency issues written credit authority limits based upon the individual loan underwriter’s capability. On a monthly basis, Regency evaluates specific metrics relating to Regency’s origination and servicing of its loan portfolio. Regency also uses a quality control program to review, in an independent manner, loan origination and servicing on a monthly basis to ensure adherence with compliance and credit criteria standards.

Regency evaluates each applicant for credit on an individual basis measuring attributes derived from the review of credit reports, income verification and collateral, if applicable, with product-specific underwriting

8

standards. Regency utilizes a prospective borrower’s reported income to derive debt-to-income ratios that permit Regency to follow a conservative approach in evaluating a potential borrower’s ability to pay debt service.

Regency underwrites direct real estate loans utilizing a risk-based pricing matrix that evaluates the applicants by FICO score, credit criteria and LTV ratio. First lien general LTV standards permit a maximum of 85% of appraised value. Regency does not offer variable rate real estate secured loans. Regency does not offer unverified or no documentation loans.

Regency underwrites direct financing for automobile secured loans utilizing a risk-based pricing matrix that evaluates the applicants by FICO score, credit criteria and advance rate as a percentage of the book value of the vehicle. Regency will only grant credit secured by an automobile at the current (time of application) National Automobile Dealers Association Book retail price.

Regency generates indirect sales finance applications and subsequent loans through dealers that Regency approves for the purpose of the customer’s finance of a purchase such as furniture or windows. Regency grants credit in a similar manner as set forth above for direct real estate loans. Pricing parameters are generally dealer and geographic specific. Regency underwrites direct non-real estate personal and secured loans represented above with the exception that this product does not rely on FICO scores. Specific analysis of the applicant’s credit report and income verification are the principal elements of Regency’s credit decision with respect to direct non-real estate personal and secured loans.

Employees

As of January 31, 2014, the Corporation and its subsidiaries had 2,655 full-time and 448 part-time employees. Management of the Corporation considers its relationship with its employees to be satisfactory.

Government Supervision and Regulation

The following summary sets forth certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and financial holding companies and their banking subsidiaries and to companies engaged in securities and insurance activities and provides certain specific information about the Corporation. The bank regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors through the federal deposit insurance guarantee, and not for the protection of security holders. Numerous laws and regulations govern the operations of financial services institutions and their holding companies. In addition, certain of the Corporation’s public disclosure, internal control environment and corporate governance principles are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act) and related regulations and rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (NYSE). To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by express reference to each of the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. New laws or regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations (including changes in interpretation or enforcement) could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s financial condition or results of operations. As a financial institution, to the extent that different regulatory systems impose overlapping or inconsistent requirements on the conduct of the Corporation’s business, it faces increased complexity and additional costs in its compliance efforts.

General

The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, the Corporation is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHC Act), and is subject to regulation, inspection, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB). The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the SEC as a result of the Corporation’s status as a public company and due to the nature of the business activities of certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries. The Corporation’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “FNB” and the Corporation is subject to the listed company rules of the NYSE.

9

The FRB is the “umbrella” regulator of a financial holding company. In addition, a financial holding company’s operating entities, such as its subsidiary broker-dealers, investment managers, investment companies, insurance companies and banks, are subject to the jurisdiction of various federal and state “functional” regulators.

The Corporation’s subsidiary bank (FNBPA) and FNBPA’s subsidiary trust company (FNTC) are organized as national banking associations, which are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), which is a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (UST). FNBPA is also subject to certain regulatory requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the FRB and other federal and state regulatory agencies, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, capital requirements, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted and the interest that may be charged thereon, inter-affiliate transactions, limitations on the types of investments that may be made, activities that may be engaged in and types of services that may be offered. In addition to banking laws, regulations and regulatory agencies, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to various other laws and regulations and supervision and examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly affect the operations and management of the Corporation and its ability to make distributions to its stockholders. If the Corporation fails to comply with these or other applicable laws and regulations, it may be subject to civil monetary penalties, imposition of cease and desist orders or other written directives, removal of management and, in certain cases, criminal penalties.

Pursuant to the GLB Act, bank holding companies such as the Corporation that have qualified as financial holding companies because they are “well-capitalized” and “well managed” have broad authority to engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity, including insurance underwriting and brokerage, merchant banking, securities underwriting, dealing and market-making; and such additional activities as the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the UST determines to be financial in nature, incidental thereto or complementary to a financial activity. The GLB Act repealed or modified a number of significant statutory provisions, including those of the Glass-Steagall Act and the BHC Act, which had previously restricted banking organizations’ ability to engage in certain types of business activities. As a result of the GLB Act, a bank holding company may engage in those activities directly or through subsidiaries by qualifying as a “financial holding company.” A financial holding company may engage directly or indirectly in activities considered financial in nature, either de novo or by acquisition, provided the financial holding company continues such status and gives the FRB after-the-fact notice of the new activities. The GLB Act also permits national banks, such as FNBPA, to engage in activities considered financial in nature through a financial subsidiary, subject to certain conditions and limitations and with the approval of the OCC.

As a regulated financial holding company, the Corporation’s relationships and good standing with its regulators are of fundamental importance to the continuation and growth of the Corporation’s businesses. The FRB, OCC, FDIC, CFPB and SEC have broad enforcement powers and authority to approve, deny or refuse to act upon applications or notices of the Corporation or its subsidiaries to open new or close existing offices, conduct new activities, acquire or divest businesses or assets or reconfigure existing operations. In addition, the Corporation, FNBPA and FNTC are subject to examination by the various regulators, which results in examination reports (which are not publicly available) and ratings that can impact the conduct and growth of the Corporation’s businesses. These examinations consider not only safety and soundness principles, but also compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including bank secrecy and anti-money laundering requirements, loan quality and administration, capital levels, asset quality and risk management ability and performance, earnings, liquidity, consumer compliance, community reinvestment and various other factors. An examination downgrade by any of the Corporation’s federal bank regulators could potentially result in the imposition of significant limitations on the activities and growth of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

There are numerous laws, regulations and rules governing the activities of financial institutions, financial holding companies and bank holding companies. The following discussion is general in nature and seeks to highlight some of the more significant of these regulatory requirements, but does not purport to be complete or to describe all of the laws and regulations that apply to the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

10

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act has had and will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry by introducing significant regulatory and compliance changes including, among other things,

• enhanced authority over troubled and failing banks and their holding companies;

• increased capital and liquidity requirements;

• increased regulatory examination fees;

• increases to the assessments banks must pay the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and

• specific provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness by imposing restrictions and limitations on the scope and type of banking and financial activities.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system that is enforced by new and existing federal regulatory agencies and authorities, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC), FRB, OCC, FDIC and CFPB. The following description briefly summarizes certain impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act on the operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Deposit Insurance.    The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revised the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) are calculated. Under the amendments, the FDIC assessment base is no longer the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. The Dodd-Frank Act also changed the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminated the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds by September 30, 2020. Several of these provisions have increased the FDIC deposit insurance premiums FNBPA pays.

Interest on Demand Deposits.    The Dodd-Frank Act permits depository institutions to pay interest on demand deposits. In accordance therewith, the Corporation pays interest on certain classes of commercial demand deposits.

Trust Preferred Securities.    Pursuant to Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act (the Volcker Rule), the federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule which permits banking entities with consolidated assets less than $15 billion to continue to retain interests in TPS as tier 1 capital provided the TPS was established, and interest issued prior to May 19, 2010, the banking entity reasonably believes the offering proceeds received by the TPS were invested in certain qualifying TPS collateral and the banking entity’s interest in the TPS was acquired prior to December 31, 2013. In addition, the interim final rules provide that for banking entities with $15 billion or more in consolidated assets TPS will, on a phased-out basis, no longer qualify as tier 1 capital after January 1, 2016.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.    The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent CFPB within the FRB. The CFPB’s responsibility is to establish, implement and enforce rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of both bank and non-bank providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes that govern products and services banks offer to consumers. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are more stringent than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general will have the authority to enforce consumer protection rules that the CFPB adopts against state-chartered institutions and, with respect to certain non-preempted laws, national banks. Compliance with any such new regulations established by the CFPB and/or states could reduce the Corporation’s revenue, increase its cost of operations, and could limit its ability to expand into certain products and services.

11

Debit Card Interchange Fees.    On June 29, 2011, the FRB, pursuant to its authority under the Dodd-Frank Act, issued rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion, adopting a per-transaction interchange cap base of $0.21 plus a 5-basis point fraud loss adjustment per transaction. Following completion of the Corporation’s acquisition of Parkvale on January 1, 2012, the Corporation’s assets exceeded the $10 billion threshold. As a result, the Corporation became subject to the new rules regarding debit card interchange fees as of July 1, 2013. The Corporation’s revenue earned from debit card interchange fees was $16.4 million for 2013, a decrease of $4.4 million from 2012. However, a July 31, 2013 ruling by the U.S. District Court of the District of Columbia in NACS v. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, No. 11-cv-02075, could have the effect of further reducing the cap base on debit interchange fees. The court’s decision, among other things, vacated the per-transaction interchange cap base of $0.21 established by the FRB. The decision has been stayed pending an appeal that has been filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. If the District Court opinion is upheld, it could result in a significant reduction in the cap base below $0.21.

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision.    The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements and stress testing requirements for banks and bank and financial holding companies. These new standards will be no less strict than existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, become higher once the agencies analyze the new standards. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce the Corporation’s ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations.

Transactions with Affiliates.    The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” to include the borrowing or lending of securities or derivative transactions, and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

Certain transactions (including loans and credit extensions from FNBPA) between FNBPA and the Corporation and/or its affiliates and subsidiaries are subject to quantitative and qualitative limitations, collateral requirements, and other restrictions imposed by statute and FRB regulation. Transactions subject to these restrictions are generally required to be made on an arm’s-length basis. These restrictions generally do not apply to transactions between FNBPA and its direct wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Transactions with Insiders.    The Dodd-Frank Act expands insider transaction limitations through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and extending the types of transactions subject to the various requirements to include derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act also places restrictions on certain asset sales to and from an insider of an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, receive the approval of the institution’s board of directors.

Enhanced Lending Limits.    The Dodd-Frank Act strengthens the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower. Federal banking law currently limits a national bank’s ability to extend credit to one person or group of related persons to an amount that does not exceed certain thresholds. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act expands the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

Corporate Governance.    The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Corporation. The Dodd-Frank Act:

• grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation;

• enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; and

12

• requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt clawback policies for incentive-based compensation plans applicable to executive officers.

Although many of the requirements the Dodd-Frank Act have been implemented there still remain a significant number of its requirements that will be implemented over time. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the federal banking agencies may implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, the full extent of the impact such requirements may have on the Corporation’s operations and the financial services markets is unclear at this time. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the Corporation’s profitability, require changes to certain of the Corporation’s business practices, including limitations on fee income opportunities, increased compliance costs, imposition of more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements upon the Corporation or otherwise adversely affect the Corporation’s business. These changes may also require the Corporation to continue to invest significant management attention and compliance, risk and audit resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. The Corporation cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on the Corporation.

Capital and Operational Requirements

The FRB, OCC and FDIC issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to U.S. banking organizations. In addition, these regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels, due to its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.

The FRB’s risk-based guidelines are based on a three-tier capital framework. Tier 1 capital includes common stockholders’ equity and qualifying preferred stock, less goodwill and other adjustments. Tier 2 capital consists of preferred stock not qualifying as tier 1 capital, mandatory convertible debt, limited amounts of subordinated debt, other qualifying term debt and the allowance for loan losses of up to 1.25 percent of risk-weighted assets. Tier 3 capital includes subordinated debt that is unsecured, fully paid, has an original maturity of at least two years, is not redeemable before maturity without prior approval by the FRB and includes a lock-in clause precluding payment of either interest or principal if the payment would cause the issuing bank’s risk-based capital ratio to fall or remain below the required minimum.

The Corporation, like other bank holding companies, currently is required to maintain tier 1 capital and total capital (the sum of tier 1, tier 2 and tier 3 capital) equal to at least 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of its total risk-weighted assets (including various off-balance sheet items). Risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing tier 1 and total capital by risk-weighted assets. Assets and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to one of four categories of risk-weights, based primarily on relative credit risk. The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in credit and market risk profiles among banks and financial holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s tier 1 and total capital ratios under these guidelines were 11.1% and 12.5%, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation had $74.0 million of capital securities that qualified as tier 1 capital and $27.6 million of subordinated debt that qualified as tier 2 capital.

In addition, the FRB has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines currently provide for a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to average total assets, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (the leverage ratio), of 3.0% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Further, the

13

FRB has indicated that it will consider a “tangible tier 1 capital leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) and all other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The Corporation’s leverage ratio at December 31, 2013 was 8.8%.

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision

The Dodd-Frank Act imposes a series of more onerous capital requirements on financial companies and other companies, including swap dealers and non-bank financial companies that are determined to be of systemic risk. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce the Corporation’s ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act’s new regulatory capital requirements are intended to ensure that “financial institutions hold sufficient capital to absorb losses during future periods of financial distress.” The Dodd-Frank Act directs federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on a consolidated basis for insured depository institutions, their holding companies and non-bank financial companies that have been determined to be systemically significant by the FSOC.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires that, at a minimum, regulators apply to bank holding companies and other systemically significant non-bank financial companies the same capital and risk standards that such regulators apply to banks insured by the FDIC. An important consequence of this requirement is that hybrid capital instruments, such as TPS, will no longer be included in the definition of tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital includes common stock, retained earnings, certain types of preferred stock and TPS. Since TPS are not currently counted as tier 1 capital for insured banks, the effect of the Dodd-Frank Act is that such securities will no longer be included as tier 1 capital for bank holding companies or financial holding companies. Excluding TPS from tier 1 capital could significantly decrease regulatory capital levels of holding companies that have traditionally relied on TPS to meet capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act capital requirements may force bank holding companies to raise other forms of tier 1 capital, for example, by issuing perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock. Since common stock must typically constitute at least 50 percent of tier 1 capital, many bank holding companies and systemically significant non-bank companies may consider dilutive follow-on offerings of common stock, such as that executed by the Corporation in November 2013.

In order to ease the compliance burden associated with the new capital requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act provides a number of exceptions and phase-in periods. For bank holding companies and systemically important non-bank financial companies, any “regulatory capital deductions” for debt or equity issued before May 19, 2010 will be phased in incrementally from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2016. The term “regulatory capital deductions” refers to the exclusion of hybrid capital from tier 1 capital. The ultimate impact of these new capital and liquidity standards on the Corporation cannot be determined at this time and will depend on a number of factors, including the treatment and implementation by the U.S. banking regulators.

Basel III

In July 2013, the FRB and the OCC published final rules to implement the Basel III capital framework and revise the framework for the risk-weighting of assets under Basel I. The Basel III rules, among other things, narrow the definition of regulatory capital and require the phase-out of TPS from capital. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. Basel III also provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer,” an additional capital requirement that generally is to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth has become associated with a buildup of systemic risk, in order to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions that maintain insufficient capital to comply with the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Additionally, the Basel III framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests, including a liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains a level of unencumbered high-quality liquid

14

assets greater than or equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, and a net stable funding ratio (NSFR) designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding based on the liquidity characteristics of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. In October 2013, the federal regulatory agencies proposed rules implementing the LCR for the largest, most systemically important “advanced approach” U.S. financial institutions and a modified version of the LCR for smaller U.S. banking institutions that are not advanced approach banking institutions but have at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets, neither of which would apply to the Corporation or FNBPA. The federal regulatory agencies have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR.

The final rules revise federal regulatory agencies’ risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with the Basel III framework. The final rules apply to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies (“banking organizations”). Among other things, the proposed rules establish a new common equity tier 1 (CET1) minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets) and a higher minimum tier 1 capital requirement (from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets), and assign higher risk weightings (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.

When fully phased in, Basel III requires financial institutions to maintain: (a) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0%); (b) a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation); (c) a minimum ratio of total (that is, tier 1 plus tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (d) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, calculated as the ratio of tier 1 capital balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter). In addition, the proposed rules also limit a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer”.

Under the final rules, compliance is required beginning January 1, 2015, for most banking organizations, including the Corporation and FNBPA, subject to a transition period for several aspects of the final rules, including the new minimum capital ratio requirements, the capital conservation buffer and the regulatory capital adjustments and deductions. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital could adversely impact the Corporation’s return on average equity. The Corporation is still in the process of assessing the impacts of these complex final rules; however, management believes that the Corporation will continue to exceed all estimated well-capitalized regulatory requirements on a fully phased-in basis. For further detail on capital and capital ratios see the Liquidity and Capital sections in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the Regulatory Matters footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Prompt Corrective Action

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), among other things, classifies insured depository institutions into five capital categories (well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) and requires the respective federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for “prompt corrective action” for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such categories. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the

15

category in which an institution is classified. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital-raising requirements, restrictions on its business and a variety of enforcement remedies, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, and in certain circumstances the appointment of a conservator or receiver. An “undercapitalized” bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee that bank’s compliance with the plan. The liability of the parent holding company under any such guarantee is limited to the lesser of five percent of the bank’s assets at the time it became “undercapitalized” or the amount needed to comply with the plan. Furthermore, in the event of the bankruptcy of the parent holding company, the obligation under such guarantee would take priority over the parent’s general unsecured creditors. In addition, FDICIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.

The various regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by FDICIA, using the total risk-based capital, tier 1 risk-based capital and leverage capital ratios as the relevant capital measures. Such regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized. Under the regulations, a “well-capitalized” institution must have a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0% and a leverage ratio of at least 5.0% and not be subject to a capital directive order. Under these guidelines, FNBPA was considered well-capitalized as of December 31, 2013.

When determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital, federal regulators must also take into consideration (a) concentrations of credit risk; (b) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance sheet position) and (c) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage those risks. This evaluation is made as part of the institution’s regular safety and soundness examination. In addition, the Corporation, and any bank with significant trading activity, must incorporate a measure for market risk in their regulatory capital calculations.

Expanded FDIC Powers Upon Insolvency of Insured Depository Institutions

The Dodd-Frank Act provides a mechanism for appointing the FDIC as receiver for a financial company if the failure of the company and its liquidation under the Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency procedures would pose a significant risk to the financial stability of the U.S.

If appointed as receiver for a failing financial company for which a systemic risk determination has been made, the FDIC has broad authority under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Orderly Liquidation Authority it created to operate or liquidate the business, sell the assets, and resolve the liabilities of the company immediately after its appointment as receiver or as soon as conditions make this appropriate. This authority will enable the FDIC to act immediately to sell assets of the company to another entity or, if that is not possible, to create a bridge financial company to maintain critical functions as the entity is wound down. In receiverships of insured depository institutions, the ability to act quickly and decisively has been found to reduce losses to creditors while maintaining key banking services for depositors and businesses. The FDIC will similarly be able to act quickly in resolving non-bank financial companies under the Dodd-Frank Act.

On August 10, 2010, the FDIC created the new Office of Complex Financial Institutions to help implement its expanded responsibilities. Over the course of 2011, the FDIC adopted five major rules for the implementation of its new receivership authority.

Subject to these new rules, if the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power to:

• transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors;

16

• enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms; and

• repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmation or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution. Also, under applicable law, the claims of a receiver of an insured depository institution for administrative expense and claims of holders of U.S. deposit liabilities (including the FDIC, as subrogee of the depositors) have priority over the claims of other unsecured creditors of the institution in the event of the liquidation or other resolution of the institution. As a result, whether or not the FDIC would ever seek to repudiate any obligations held by public note holders, such persons would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than the depositors of the depository institution.

Interstate Banking

Under the BHC Act, bank holding companies, including those that are also financial holding companies, are required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB (unless waived by the FRB) before acquiring more than five percent of any class of voting stock of any non-affiliated bank. Pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (Interstate Banking Act), a bank holding company may acquire banks located in states other than its home state without regard to the permissibility of such acquisitions under state law, but subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that the bank holding company, after the proposed acquisition, controls no more than 10 percent of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions in the U.S. and no more than 30 percent or such lesser or greater amount set by state law of such deposits in that state.

The Dodd-Frank Act confers on state and national banks the ability to branch de novo into any state, provided that the law of that state permits a bank chartered in that state to establish a branch at that same location.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (CRA) requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practices. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to and investments in low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, or to acquire any company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore, banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering approval of a proposed transaction.

Financial Privacy

In accordance with the GLB Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

17

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (USA Patriot Act) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the U.S. The UST has issued a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as FNBPA. These regulations require financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The U.S. has instituted economic sanctions which affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC rules” because they are administered by the UST Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). The OFAC-administered sanctions target countries in various ways. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country, and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions which relate to investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Consumer Protection Statutes and Regulations

In addition to the consumer regulations that may be issued by the CFPB pursuant to its authority under the Dodd-Frank Act, FNBPA is subject to various federal consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Truth in Lending Act, Truth in Savings Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Housing Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Among other things, these acts:

• require banks to disclose credit terms in meaningful and consistent ways;

• prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;

• prohibit discrimination in housing-related lending activities;

• require banks to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;

• require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;

• prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow account amounts with respect to real estate transactions;

• prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations and

• prohibit unfair and deceptive practices in connection with consumer loans.

In January 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules related to mortgage loan origination and mortgage loan servicing. In particular, on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing the ability-to-repay and QM provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the QM Rule). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that

18

borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending the credit based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting the QM requirements, and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a “qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43% debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition, though some mortgages that meet underwriting guidelines of U.S. government-sponsored entities, the Federal Housing Administration and the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs may, for a period not to exceed seven years, meet the QM definition without being subject to the 43% debt-to-income limits. The QM Rule became effective January 10, 2014.

The Corporation is still evaluating the impact of the rules recently issued by the CFPB to determine if they will have any long-term impact on its mortgage loan origination and servicing activities. Compliance with these rules will likely increase the Corporation’s overall regulatory compliance costs and decrease fee income opportunities.

Dividend Restrictions

The Corporation’s primary source of funds for cash distributions to its stockholders, and funds used to pay principal and interest on its indebtedness, is dividends received from FNBPA. FNBPA is subject to federal laws and regulations governing its ability to pay dividends to the Corporation, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums. Under federal law, the amount of dividends that a national bank, such as FNBPA, may pay in a calendar year is dependent on the amount of its net income for the current year combined with its retained net income for the two preceding years. The OCC has the authority to prohibit the payment of dividends by a national bank if it determines such payment would be an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In addition to dividends from FNBPA, other sources of parent company liquidity for the Corporation include cash and short-term investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries.

In addition, the ability of the Corporation and FNBPA to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and non-capital standards established under FDICIA, as described above. The right of the Corporation, its stockholders and its creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Corporation’s subsidiaries is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of the respective subsidiaries.

Source of Strength

According to the Dodd-Frank Act and FRB policy, a financial or bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support each such subsidiary. Consistent with the “source of strength” policy, the FRB has stated that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank or financial holding company generally should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the Corporation’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. This support may be required at times when the parent holding company may not be able to provide such support. Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, in the event of a loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC either as a result of default of a banking subsidiary or related to FDIC assistance provided to a subsidiary in danger of default, the other banks that are members of the FDIC may be assessed for the FDIC’s loss, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, if FNBPA were no longer “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” within the meaning of the BHC Act and FRB rules (which take into consideration capital ratios, examination ratings and other factors), the expedited processing of certain types of FRB applications would not be available to the Corporation. Moreover,

19

examination ratings of “3” or lower, “unsatisfactory” ratings, capital ratios below well-capitalized levels, regulatory concerns regarding management, controls, assets, operations or other factors can all potentially result in the loss of financial holding company status, practical limitations on the ability of a bank or bank (or financial) holding company to engage in new activities, grow, acquire new businesses, repurchase its stock or pay dividends or continue to conduct existing activities.

Financial Holding Company Status and Activities

Under the BHC Act, an eligible bank holding company may elect to be a “financial holding company” and thereafter may engage in a range of activities that are financial in nature and that were not previously permissible for banks and bank holding companies. The financial holding company may engage directly or through a subsidiary in certain statutorily authorized activities (subject to certain restrictions and limitations imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act). A financial holding company may also engage in any activity that has been determined by rule or order to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activity, or (with prior FRB approval) complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose substantial risk to the safety and soundness of an institution or to the financial system generally. In addition to these activities, a financial holding company may engage in those activities permissible for a bank holding company that has not elected to be treated as a financial holding company.

For a bank holding company to be eligible for financial holding company status, all of its subsidiary U.S. depository institutions must be “well-capitalized” and “well-managed.” The FRB generally must deny expanded authority to any bank holding company with a subsidiary insured depository institution that received less than a satisfactory rating on its most recent CRA review as of the time it submits its request for financial holding company status. If, after becoming a financial holding company and undertaking activities not permissible for a bank holding company under the BHC Act, the company fails to continue to meet any of the requirements for financial holding company status, the company must enter into an agreement with the FRB to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the FRB may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in activities permissible only for a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company.

Activities and Acquisitions

The BHC Act requires a bank or financial holding company to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before:

• the company may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than five percent of any class of voting securities of the institution;

• any of the company’s subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or

• the company may merge or consolidate with any other bank or financial holding company.

The Interstate Banking Act generally permits bank holding companies to acquire banks in any state, and preempts all state laws restricting the ownership by a holding company of banks in more than one state. The Interstate Banking Act also permits:

• a bank to merge with an out-of-state bank and convert any offices into branches of the resulting bank;

• a bank to acquire branches from an out-of-state bank; and

• a bank to establish and operate de novo interstate branches whenever the host state permits de novo branching.

20

Bank or financial holding companies and banks seeking to engage in transactions authorized by the Interstate Banking Act must be well-capitalized and managed.

The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person, entity or group of persons or entities acting in concert, from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company or bank unless the FRB has been given prior notice and has not objected to the transaction. Under FRB regulations, the acquisition of 10% or more (but less than 25%) of the voting stock of a corporation would, under the circumstances set forth in the regulations, create a rebuttable presumption of acquisition of control of the corporation.

Securities and Exchange Commission

The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the SEC by virtue of the Corporation’s status as a public company and due to the nature of the business activities of certain subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded the SEC’s jurisdiction over hedge funds, credit ratings agencies and governance of public companies, among other areas, and enhanced the SEC’s enforcement powers. Several of the provisions could lead to significant changes in SEC enforcement practice and may have long-term implications for public companies, their officers and employees, accountants, brokerage firms, investment advisers and persons associated with them. For example, these provisions (1) authorize new rewards to and provide expanded protections of whistleblowers; (2) provide the SEC authority to impose substantial civil penalties on all persons subject to cease-and-desist proceedings, not merely securities brokers, investment advisers and their associated persons; (3) broaden standards for the imposition of secondary liability; (4) confer on the SEC extraterritorial jurisdiction over alleged fraud violations involving conduct abroad and enhancing the ability of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board to inspect audit work by foreign public accounting firms; and (5) expand the applicability of collateral bars.

SOX contains important requirements for public companies in the areas of financial disclosure and corporate governance. In accordance with section 302(a) of SOX, written certifications by the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) are required with respect to each of the Corporation’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC. These certifications attest that the applicable report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The Corporation also maintains a program designed to comply with Section 404 of SOX, which includes identification of significant processes and accounts, documentation of the design of process and entity level controls and testing of the operating effectiveness of key controls. See Item 9A, Controls and Procedures, of this Report for the Corporation’s evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures.

FNBIA is registered with the SEC as an investment advisor and, therefore, is subject to the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the SEC’s regulations thereunder. The principal purpose of the regulations applicable to investment advisors is the protection of investment advisory clients and the securities markets, rather than the protection of creditors and stockholders of investment advisors. The regulations applicable to investment advisors cover all aspects of the investment advisory business, including limitations on the ability of investment advisors to charge performance-based or non-refundable fees to clients, record-keeping, operating, marketing and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on principal transactions between an advisor or its affiliates and advisory clients, as well as other anti-fraud prohibitions. The Corporation’s investment advisory subsidiary also may be subject to certain state securities laws and regulations.

Additional legislation, changes in or new rules promulgated by the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules, may directly affect the method of operation and profitability of FNBIA. The profitability of FNBIA could also be affected by rules and regulations that impact the business and financial communities in general, including changes to the laws governing taxation, antitrust regulation, homeland security and electronic commerce.

21

Under various provisions of the federal and state securities laws, including in particular those applicable to broker-dealers, investment advisors and registered investment companies and their service providers, a determination by a court or regulatory agency that certain violations have occurred at a company or its affiliates can result in a limitation of permitted activities and disqualification to continue to conduct certain activities.

FNBIA also may be required to conduct its business in a manner that complies with rules and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA), among others. The principal purpose of these regulations is the protection of clients and plan assets and beneficiaries, rather than the protection of stockholders and creditors.

Consumer Finance Subsidiary

Regency is subject to regulation under Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Ohio and Kentucky state laws that require, among other things, that it maintain licenses in effect for consumer finance operations for each of its offices. Representatives of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions, the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions and the Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions periodically visit Regency’s offices and conduct extensive examinations in order to determine compliance with such laws and regulations. Additionally, the FRB, as “umbrella” regulator of the Corporation pursuant to the GLB Act, may conduct an examination of Regency’s offices or operations. Such examinations include a review of loans and the collateral therefor, as well as a check of the procedures employed for making and collecting loans. Additionally, Regency is under the jurisdiction of the CFPB and is subject to certain federal consumer protection laws that require that certain information relating to credit terms be disclosed to customers and, in certain instances, afford customers the right to rescind transactions. The CFPB may also periodically visit Regency’s offices and conduct extensive consumer protection examinations.

Insurance Agencies

FNIA is subject to licensing requirements and extensive regulation under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the various states in which FNIA conducts business. These laws and regulations are primarily for the benefit of policyholders. In all jurisdictions, the applicable laws and regulations are subject to amendment or interpretation by regulatory authorities. Generally, those authorities are vested with relatively broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke licenses and approvals and to implement regulations. Licenses may be denied or revoked for various reasons, including for regulatory violations or upon conviction for certain crimes. Possible sanctions that may be imposed for violation of regulations include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in a particular business for a specified period of time, revocation of licenses, censures and fines.

Penn-Ohio is subject to examination by the Arizona Department of Insurance. Representatives of the Arizona Department of Insurance periodically determine whether Penn-Ohio has maintained required reserves, established adequate deposits under a reinsurance agreement and complied with reporting requirements under the applicable Arizona statutes.

Governmental Policies

The operations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various regulatory authorities. In particular, the FRB regulates monetary policy and interest rates in order to influence general economic conditions. These policies have a significant influence on overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits and affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. FRB monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of all financial institutions in the past and may continue to do so in the future.

22

Available Information

The Corporation makes available on its website at www.fnbcorporation.com, free of charge, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K (and amendments to any of the foregoing) as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on the Corporation’s website is not incorporated by reference into this document and should not be considered part of this Report. The Corporation’s common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “FNB”.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

As a financial services organization, the Corporation takes on a certain amount of risk in every business decision and activity. For example, every time FNBPA opens an account or approves a loan for a customer, processes a payment, hires a new employee, or implements a new computer system, FNBPA and the Corporation incur a certain amount of risk. As an organization, the Corporation must balance revenue generation and profitability with the risks associated with its business activities. The objective of risk management is not to eliminate risk, but to identify and accept risk and then manage risk effectively so as to optimize total shareholder value.

The Corporation has identified six major categories of risk: credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, reputational risk, operational risk and regulatory compliance risk. The Corporation more fully describes credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk, and the programs the Corporation’s management has implemented to address these risks, in the Market Risk section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, which is included in Item 7 of this Report. Reputational risk relates to a risk of loss resulting from damage to a company’s reputation, in lost revenue or destruction of shareholder value, even if the company is not found guilty of a crime. Operational risk arises from inadequate information systems and technology, weak internal control systems or other failed internal processes or systems, human error, fraud or external events. Regulatory compliance risk relates to each of the other five major categories of risk listed above, but specifically addresses internal control failures that result in non-compliance with laws, rules, regulations, safety and soundness or ethical standards.

The following discussion highlights specific risks that could affect the Corporation and its businesses. You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this Report. Based on the information currently known, the Corporation believes that the following information identifies the most significant risk factors affecting the Corporation. However, the risks and uncertainties the Corporation faces are not limited to those described below. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known or that the Corporation currently believes to be immaterial may also adversely affect its business.

If any of the following risks and uncertainties develop into actual events or if the circumstances described in the risks and uncertainties occur or continue to occur, these events or circumstances could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations. These events could also have a negative effect on the trading price of the Corporation’s securities.

The Corporation’s results of operations are significantly affected by the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans.

Lending money is an essential part of the banking business. However, for various reasons, borrowers do not always repay their loans. The risk of non-payment is affected by:

• credit risks of a particular borrower;

• changes in economic and industry conditions;

• the duration of the loan; and

• in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral.

23

Generally, commercial/industrial, construction and commercial real estate loans present a greater risk of non-payment by a borrower than other types of loans. For additional information, see the Lending Activity section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, which is included in Item 7 of this Report. In addition, consumer loans typically have shorter terms and lower balances with higher yields compared to real estate mortgage loans, but generally carry higher risks of default. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on these loans.

The Corporation’s financial condition may be adversely affected if it is unable to attract sufficient deposits to fund its anticipated loan growth.

The Corporation funds its loan growth primarily through deposits. Deposits are a low cost and stable source of funding for the Corporation. However, the Corporation competes with banks and other financial services companies for deposits. To the extent that the Corporation is unable to attract and maintain sufficient levels of deposits to fund its loan growth, it would be required to raise additional funds through public or private financings. The Corporation can give no assurance that it would be able to obtain these funds on terms that are attractive to it.

The Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if its allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb actual losses.

There is no precise method of predicting loan losses. The Corporation can give no assurance that its allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to absorb actual loan losses. Excess loan losses could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. The Corporation attempts to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses to provide for estimated losses inherent in its loan portfolio as of the reporting date. The Corporation periodically determines the amount of its allowance for loan losses based upon consideration of several quantitative and qualitative factors including, but not limited to, the following:

• a regular review of the quality, mix and size of the overall loan portfolio;

• historical loan loss experience;

• evaluation of non-performing loans;

• geographic or industry concentration;

• assessment of economic conditions and their effects on the Corporation’s existing portfolio; and

• the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing loans.

The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects the judgment and estimates of management regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows, current fair value of the underlying collateral and other qualitative risk factors that may affect the loan. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective and is based on factors that are susceptible to significant change. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of the Corporation’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Corporation’s allowance and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of additional loan charge-offs, based on judgments different from those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, the Corporation will need additional provisions to increase the allowance. Any increases in the allowance will result in a decrease in net income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. For additional discussion relating to this matter, refer to the Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, which is included in Item 7 of this Report.

24

The Corporation’s results of operations may be adversely affected if asset valuations cause other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) or goodwill impairment charges.

The Corporation may be required to record future impairment charges on its investment securities if they suffer declines in value that are considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on the Corporation’s investment portfolio in future periods. Goodwill is assessed annually for impairment and declines in value could result in a future non-cash charge to earnings. If an impairment charge is significant enough it could affect the ability of FNBPA to pay dividends to the Corporation, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s liquidity and its ability to pay dividends to stockholders and could also negatively impact its regulatory capital ratios and result in FNBPA not being classified as “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

Interest rate volatility could significantly harm the Corporation’s business.

The Corporation’s results of operations are affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government. A significant component of the Corporation’s earnings consists of its net interest income, which is the difference between the income from interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense of interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. A change in market interest rates could adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings if market interest rates change such that the interest the Corporation pays on deposits and borrowings increase at a faster rate or decrease at a slower rate than the interest it collects on loans and investments. Consequently, the Corporation, along with other financial institutions, generally will be sensitive to interest rate fluctuations.

Changes in economic conditions and the composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio could lead to higher loan charge-offs or an increase in the Corporation’s provision for loan losses and may reduce the Corporation’s net income.

Changes in national and regional economic conditions continue to impact the loan portfolios of the Corporation. For example, an increase in unemployment, a decrease in real estate values or changes in interest rates, as well as other factors, have weakened the economies of the communities the Corporation serves. Weakness in the market areas served by the Corporation could depress its earnings and consequently its financial condition because customers may not want or need the Corporation’s products or services; borrowers may not be able to repay their loans; the value of the collateral securing the Corporation’s loans to borrowers may decline; and the quality of the Corporation’s loan portfolio may decline. Any of the latter three scenarios could require the Corporation to charge-off a higher percentage of its loans and/or increase its provision for loan losses, which would reduce its net income.

The Corporation’s business and financial performance is impacted significantly by market rates and changes in those rates. The monetary, tax and other policies of governmental agencies, including the UST and the FRB, have a direct impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance over which the Corporation and its subsidiary bank have no control and which may not be able to be predicted with reasonable accuracy.

As a result of the high percentage of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities that are in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related instruments, changes in interest rates in the shape of the yield curve or in spreads between different market interest rates can have a material effect on its business, profitability and the value of its financial assets and liabilities. Such scenarios may include the following:

• Changes in interest rates or interest rate spreads can affect the difference between the interest that FNBPA can earn on assets and the interest that FNBPA may pay on liabilities, which impacts FNBPA’s overall net interest income and profitability;

25

• Such changes can affect the ability of borrowers to meet obligations under variable or adjustable rate loans and other debt instruments and can, in turn, affect the Corporation’s loss rates on those assets;

• Such changes may decrease the demand for interest rate-based products or services, including bank loans and deposit products and the Regency note program;

• Such changes can also affect the Corporation’s ability to hedge various forms of market and interest rate risks and may decrease the profitability or increase the risk associated with such hedges; and

• Movements in interest rates also affect mortgage repayment speeds and could result in impairments of mortgage servicing assets or otherwise affect the profitability of such assets.

The monetary, tax and other policies of the U.S. Government and its agencies also have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the national supply of bank credit and certain interest rates. The actions of the FRB influence the rates of interest that FNBPA may charge on loans and what FNBPA may pay on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of the Corporation’s and FNBPA’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Principally, due to the impact of rates and by controlling access to direct funding from the Federal Reserve Banks, the FRB’s policies also influence to a significant extent, FNBPA’s cost of funding. The Corporation cannot predict the nature or timing of future changes in monetary, tax and other policies or the effects that they may have on FNBPA’s and other affiliates’ activities and financial results.

The financial soundness of other financial institutions may adversely affect the Corporation, FNBPA and other affiliates.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. The Corporation, FNBPA and other affiliates are exposed to many different industries and counterparties and they routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these type transactions expose the Corporation, FNBPA and other affiliates to credit risk in the event of default of the counterparty or client. In addition, FNBPA and other affiliates’ credit risks may be exacerbated when the collateral held by it cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices that are not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure that it is due.

There may be risks resulting from the extensive use of models in the FNBPA’s business.

FNBPA relies on quantitative models to measure risks and to estimate certain financial values. Models may be used in such processes as determining the pricing of various products, assessing potential acquisition opportunities, for developing presentations made to market analysts and others, creating loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting losses, assessing capital adequacy, capital stress testing and calculating regulatory capital levels, as well as to estimate the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items. Poorly designed or implemented models present the risk that FNBPA’s business decisions based on information incorporating models will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy of such information. Also, information the Corporation provides to its shareholders, the public or to its regulators based on poorly designed or implemented models could be inaccurate or misleading. Certain decisions that the regulators make, including those related to capital distributions and dividends to the Corporation’s shareholders, could be adversely affected due to the regulator’s perception that the quality of FNBPA’s models used to generate the relevant information is insufficient.

The Corporation’s asset valuation may include methodologies, estimations and assumptions that are subject to differing interpretations and this, along with market factors such as volatility in one or more markets, could result in changes to asset valuations that may materially adversely affect the Corporation’s subsidiary bank’s results of operations or financial condition.

The Corporation and FNBPA must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are measured and reported at fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher

26

degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices and/or other observable inputs provided by independent third-party resources, when available. When such third-party information is not available, the Corporation estimates fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques utilizing assumptions such as credit quality, liquidity, interest rates and other relative inputs. Changes in underlying factors or assumptions in any of the areas underlying these estimates could materially impact the Corporation’s future financial condition and results of operations.

During periods of market disruption, including periods of significantly rising or high interest rates, rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be more difficult to value certain assets if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were historically in inactive markets with significant observable data that rapidly become illiquid due to market volatility, a loss in market confidence or other factors. In such cases, valuations in certain asset classes may require more subjectivity and management discretion; valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented market conditions in any particular market (e.g., credit, equity, fixed income) could materially impact the valuation of assets as reported within the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements, and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly.

The Corporation is subject to operational risk.

Like all businesses, the Corporation is subject to operational risk, which represents the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes in its systems, human error and external events. Operational risk also encompasses technology, compliance and legal risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, rules, regulations, prescribed practices or ethical standards, as well as the risk of the Corporation’s and its subsidiary’s noncompliance with contractual and other obligations. The Corporation is also exposed to operational risk through its outsourcing arrangements, and the effect the changes in circumstances or capabilities of the Corporation’s outsourcing vendors can have on the Corporation’s ability to continue to perform operational functions necessary to the Corporation’s business. Although the Corporation seeks to mitigate operational risks through a system of internal controls which the Corporation regularly reviews and updates, no system of controls, however well designed and maintained, is infallible. Control weaknesses or failures or other operational risk could result in charges, increased operational costs, harm to the Corporation’s reputation or foregone business opportunities.

The Corporation’s business may continue to be adversely affected by downturns in the national and local economies in which it operates.

The Corporation operates primarily in Pennsylvania, eastern Ohio, Maryland and northern West Virginia. Most of the Corporation’s customers are individuals and small- and medium-sized businesses which are dependent upon their regional economies. A further deterioration or minimal improvement in economic conditions in the market areas the Corporation serves could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations:

• demand for the Corporation’s loans, deposits and services may decline;

• loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

• weak economic conditions may continue to limit the demand for loans by creditworthy borrowers, limiting the Corporation’s capacity to leverage its retail deposits and maintain its net interest income;

• collateral for the Corporation’s loans may decline further in value; and

• the amount of the Corporation’s low-cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease.

27

The Corporation could be adversely affected by changes in the law, especially changes in the regulation of the banking industry.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries operate in a highly regulated environment and are subject to supervision and regulation by several governmental agencies, including the SEC, FRB, OCC, CFPB and FDIC. Regulations are generally intended to provide protection for shareholders, depositors, borrowers and other customers rather than for investors. The Corporation is subject to changes in federal and state law, regulations, governmental policies, tax laws and accounting principles. Changes in regulations or the regulatory environment could adversely affect the banking and financial services industry as a whole and could limit the Corporation’s growth and the return to investors by restricting such activities as:

• the payment of dividends;

• mergers with or acquisitions of other institutions;

• investments;

• loans and interest rates;

• assessments of fees, such as overdraft and electronic transfer interchange fees;

• the provision of securities, insurance or trust services; and

• the types of non-deposit activities in which the Corporation’s financial institution subsidiaries may engage.

Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements, the Corporation and FNBPA must meet guidelines subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to those regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. Changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulatory accords on international banking institutions formulated by the Basel Committee on banking supervision and implemented by the FRB, when fully phased in, will likely require the Corporation to satisfy additional, more stringent and complex capital adequacy standards.

These changes to present capital and liquidity requirements could restrict the Corporation’s activities and require it to maintain additional capital. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce its ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations. If the Corporation fails to meet these minimum liquidity capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, its financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

The Dodd-Frank Act effects fundamental changes in the regulation of the financial services industry, some of which may adversely affect the Corporation’s business.

The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new regulatory requirements and oversight over banks and other financial institutions in a number of ways, among which are: (i) creating the CFPB to regulate consumer financial products and services sold by banks and non-banks, and to review their compliance with federal consumer protection unfair and deceptive practice standards and fair lending laws; (ii) creating the FSOC to identify and impose stronger regulatory oversight on large financial firms and to identify systemic risks; (iii) granting orderly liquidation authority to the FDIC for the liquidation of financial corporations that pose a risk to the financial system of the U.S.; (iv) limiting debit card interchange fees; (v) adopting certain changes to stockholder rights, including a stockholder “say on pay” vote on executive compensation; (vi) strengthening the SEC’s powers to regulate securities markets; (vii) regulating OTC derivative markets; (viii) making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions; (ix) providing consumers a defense of set-off or recoupment in a foreclosure or collection action if the lender violates the newly created “reasonable ability to repay” provision; (x) amending the Truth in Lending Act with respect to mortgage originations, including originator compensation, disallowing mandatory arbitration, and prepayment considerations; (xi) the “Volcker Rule” which, among other things, imposes restrictions on proprietary trading and investment activities of banks and bank holding companies and restricts the sponsoring of hedge funds or private equity funds; and (xii) reform related to the regulation of credit rating agencies.

28

Regulators are tasked with adopting regulations that implement and define the breadth and scope of the Dodd-Frank Act, many of which have yet to be implemented. A number of the regulations that must be adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act have yet to be proposed, and it is difficult to gauge the impact of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act because so many important details related to the concepts adopted in the Dodd-Frank Act were left within the sole discretion of the regulators. For example, the CFPB has the power to adopt new regulations, such as the QM Rule, to protect consumers, which power it may exercise at its discretion so long as it advances the general concept of the protection of consumers.

Consequently, the full impact of these regulations and other regulations to be adopted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act is unclear, but may impair the Corporation’s ability to meet all of the product needs of its customers, lead customers to seek financial solutions and products through non-banking channels and adversely affect the Corporation’s profits. Moreover, the increased regulatory scrutiny resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act regulations will likely continue to increase the Corporation’s cost of compliance, divert its resources and may adversely affect profits.

Among those regulations that have been proposed or adopted, the following may adversely affect the business of the Corporation:

• limitations on debit card interchange fees may adversely affect its profits;

• changing the methodology for calculating deposit insurance premium rates will become more complex, less predictable and more pro-cyclical, adversely affecting its profits and diverting its resources;

• changing the procedures for liquidation may adversely impact its credit ratings and adversely impact its liquidity, profits, and its ability to fund itself;

• increases in requirements for regulatory capital while eliminating certain sources of capital may adversely affect its profits;

• the ability to pay interest on commercial demand deposit accounts may increase its interest expenses; and

• uncertainty as to the types of activities which may be deemed unfair and deceptive practices which may impact fee income opportunities.

These provisions may limit the types of products the Corporation is able to offer, the methods of offering them and prices at which they are offered. They may also increase the cost of offering these products. These provisions likely will affect different financial institutions in different ways, and therefore, may also affect the competitive landscape.

Increases in or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings.

Since 2008, higher levels of bank failures have dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC and depleted its DIF. In addition, the FDIC instituted temporary programs, some of which were made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act, to further insure customer deposits at FDIC-insured banks, which have placed additional stress on the DIF.

In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the DIF, the FDIC has increased assessment rates of insured institutions. In addition, on November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring banks to prepay three years’ worth of premiums to replenish the depleted insurance fund. With the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act in July 2010, the minimum reserve ratio for the DIF was increased from 1.15% to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits, or the assessment base, and the FDIC was directed to take the steps needed to cause the reserve ratio of the DIF to reach 1.35% of estimated insured deposits by September 30, 2020. On December 15, 2010, as part of its long-range management plan to ensure that the DIF is able to maintain a positive balance despite banking crises and steady, moderate assessment rates despite economic and credit cycles, the FDIC set the DIF’s designated reserve ratio (DRR) at 2% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC is

29

required to offset the effect of the increased minimum reserve ratio for banks with assets of less than $10 billion, so smaller community banks will be spared the cost of funding the increase in the minimum reserve ratio. As of January 1, 2012, the assets of FNBPA exceeded the $10 billion threshold.

Historically, the FDIC utilized a risk-based assessment system that imposed insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account several components, including but not limited to the bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, in February 2011, the FDIC amended its regulations to base insurance assessments on the average consolidated assets less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period; to set deposit insurance assessment rates in light of the new assessment base; and to revise the assessment system applicable to large banks (those having at least $10 billion in total assets) to better differentiate for the risks that a large bank could pose to the DIF.

The likely effect of the new assessment scheme will be to increase assessment fees for institutions that rely more heavily on non-deposit funding sources. However, the higher assessments for institutions that have relied on non-deposit sources of funding in the past could force these institutions to change their funding models and more actively search for deposits. If this happens, it could drive up the costs to attain deposits across the market, a situation that would negatively impact community banks like FNBPA, which derive the majority of their funding from deposits.

The Corporation generally will be unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. Any future increases in or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect the Corporation’s financial condition or results of operations. In light of the recent increases in the assessment rates, the potential for additional increases, and the Corporation’s status as a large bank, FNBPA may be required to pay additional amounts to the DIF, which could have an adverse effect on its earnings. If FNBPA’s deposit insurance premium assessment rate increases again, either because of its risk classification, because of emergency assessments, or because of another uniform increase, the earnings of the Corporation could be further adversely impacted.

The Corporation must comply with new stress-testing requirements.

In October, 2012, the FRB, OCC and FDIC finalized regulations implementing the stress testing requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act. The newly imposed stress test rule stipulates that all U.S. banks such as the Corporation with consolidated assets between $10 billion and $50 billion are required to conduct annual stress tests calculated under a multi-scenario analysis.

The economic and financial market scenarios to be used in the annual company-run stress test include baseline, adverse and severely adverse scenarios. Each includes 26 variables, including economic activity, unemployment, exchange rates, prices, incomes and interest rates. The adverse and severely adverse scenarios are not forecasts, but rather hypothetical scenarios designed to assess the strength and resilience of financial institutions under severe economic conditions. The final rule pushed back the compliance date for model submission until March 31, 2014, and additionally delayed the public disclosure provisions until the completion of the 2014 data collection cycle. If the Corporation fails to meet these stress-test requirements, its financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Recently adopted rules regulating the imposition of debit card fees may adversely affect the operations of the Corporation.

On June 29, 2011, the FRB, pursuant to its authority under the Dodd-Frank Act, issued rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion, adopting a per-transaction interchange cap base of $0.21 plus a 5-basis point fraud loss adjustment per transaction. There is an appeal pending of an August 2013 federal district court ruling that declared the interchange fee and network non-exclusivity provisions of the FRB debit card interchange fee rule to be invalid and indicated the per-transaction interchange cap base should be reduced. The FRB deemed such fees reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. Entities which had assets in excess of $10 billion

30

as of December 31, 2011 were required to comply with those rules effective as of July 1, 2012. Beginning in 2012 and for each calendar year thereafter, entities having assets in excess of $10 billion as of the end of that calendar year will be required to comply with those rules no later than the immediately following July 1.

Following completion of the Parkvale acquisition on January 1, 2012, the Corporation’s assets exceeded the $10 billion threshold. The Corporation became subject to the FRB rules concerning debit card interchange fees as of July 1, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s revenues earned from interchange fees decreased by $4.4 million. The actual results would have shown a higher reduction in fees earned, but have been partially offset by the benefits of the additional accounts acquired in the ANNB and PVF mergers.

The Corporation’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

The Corporation relies heavily on internal and outsourced digital technologies and communications and information systems in key aspects of its business. The Corporation uses those technologies and systems to manage its customer relationships, general ledger, deposits and loans. Although the Corporation has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures, interruptions and security breaches and maintains cyber security insurance, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed.

The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of the Corporation’s technology systems (internal or outsourced) could damage the Corporation’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, discourage customers from using mobile bill pay, mobile banking and online banking services, and result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss, or destruction of proprietary information, subject the Corporation to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Corporation to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations or stock price. As cyber threats continue to evolve and increase, the Corporation may also be required to spend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance its protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

The Corporation is dependent upon outside third parties for processing and handling of its records and data.

In addition, the Corporation outsources certain of its data-processing to third-party providers. Those third-party providers could also be sources of operational and information security risk to the Corporation, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints. If its third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if the Corporation has difficulty in communicating with them, the Corporation’s ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and its business operations could be adversely impacted and result in a loss of customers and business, subject the Corporation to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Corporation to civil litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation continually encounters technological change.

The banking and financial services industry continually undergoes technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. The Corporation’s future success will depend, in part, on its ability to address customer needs by using secure technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as create additional efficiencies in the Corporation’s operations. Many of the Corporation’s competitors have greater resources to invest in technological improvements, and the Corporation may not effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or do so as quickly as its competitors. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the banking and financial services industry could negatively affect the Corporation’s revenue and profit.

31

The Corporation could experience significant difficulties and complications in connection with its growth and acquisition strategy.

The Corporation has grown significantly over the last few years, including through acquisitions, and intends to seek to continue to grow by acquiring financial institutions and branches as well as non-depository entities engaged in permissible activities for its financial institution subsidiaries. However, the market for acquisitions is highly competitive. The Corporation may not be as successful in identifying financial institutions and branch acquisition candidates, integrating acquired institutions or preventing deposit erosion at acquired institutions or branches as it currently anticipates. Even if the Corporation is successful with this strategy, it cannot assure you that it will be able to manage this growth adequately and profitably. For example, acquiring any bank or non-bank entity will involve risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including:

• potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and non-bank entities that the Corporation acquires;

• exposure to potential asset quality issues of acquired banks and non-bank entities;

• potential disruption to the Corporation’s business;

• potential diversion of the time and attention of the Corporation’s management; and

• the possible loss of key employees and customers of the banks and other businesses that the Corporation acquires.

The Corporation may encounter unforeseen expenses, as well as difficulties and complications in integrating expanded operations and new employees without disruption to its overall operations. Following each acquisition, the Corporation must expend substantial resources to integrate the entities. The integration of non-banking entities often involves combining different industry cultures and business methodologies. The failure to integrate acquired entities successfully with the Corporation’s existing operations may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. As the Corporation grows, its regulatory costs also may become more significant.

In addition to acquisitions, the Corporation may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen its position in its current markets by undertaking additional de novo branch openings. Based on its experience, the Corporation believes that it generally takes up to three years for new banking facilities to achieve operational profitability due to the impact of organizational and overhead expenses and the start-up phase of generating loans and deposits. To the extent that the Corporation undertakes additional de novo branch openings, it is likely to continue to experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new banking facilities, which may have an adverse effect on its net income, earnings per share, return on average shareholders’ equity and return on average assets.

The Corporation’s growth may require it to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

The Corporation is required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations (see the Government Supervision and Regulation section included in Item 1 of this Report). As a financial holding company, the Corporation seeks to maintain capital sufficient to meet the “well-capitalized” standard set by regulators. The Corporation anticipates that its current capital resources will satisfy its capital requirements for the foreseeable future. The Corporation may at some point, however, need to raise additional capital to support continued growth, whether such growth occurs internally or through acquisitions.

The availability of additional capital or financing will depend on a variety of factors, many of which are outside of the Corporation’s control, such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, the Corporation’s credit ratings and credit capacity, marketability of the Corporation’s stock, as well as the possibility that lenders could develop a negative perception of the Corporation’s long- or short-term financial prospects if the Corporation incurs large credit

32

losses or if the level of business activity decreases due to economic conditions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance of the Corporation’s ability to expand its operations through internal growth and acquisitions. As such, the Corporation may be forced to delay raising capital, issue shorter term securities than desired or bear an unattractive cost of capital, which could decrease profitability and significantly reduce financial flexibility. In addition, if the Corporation decides to raise additional equity capital, it could be dilutive to the Corporation’s existing shareholders.

The Corporation’s key assets include its brand and reputation and the Corporation’s business may be affected by how it is perceived in the market place.

The Corporation’s brand and its attributes are key assets of the Corporation. The Corporation’s ability to attract and retain banking, insurance, consumer finance, wealth management, merchant banking and corporate clients and employees is highly dependent upon external perceptions of its level of service, trustworthiness, business practices and financial condition. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could damage the Corporation’s reputation among existing customers and corporate clients and employees, which could make it difficult for the Corporation to attract new clients and employees and maintain existing ones. Adverse developments with respect to the financial services industry may also, by association, negatively impact the Corporation’s reputation, or result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny or litigation against the Corporation. Although the Corporation monitors developments for areas of potential risk to its reputation and brand, negative perceptions or publicity could materially and adversely affect the Corporation’s revenues and profitability.

The Corporation’s status as a holding company makes it dependent on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its financial obligations and pay dividends to stockholders.

The Corporation is a holding company and conducts almost all of its operations through its subsidiaries. The Corporation does not have any significant assets other than cash and the stock of its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Corporation depends on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its financial obligations and to pay dividends to stockholders. The Corporation’s right to participate in any distribution of earnings or assets of its subsidiaries is subject to the prior claims of creditors of such subsidiaries. Under federal law, the amount of dividends that a national bank, such as FNBPA, may pay in a calendar year is dependent on the amount of its net income for the current year combined with its retained net income for the two preceding years. The OCC has the authority to prohibit FNBPA from paying dividends if it determines such payment would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

Regulatory authorities may restrict the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on and repurchase its common stock.

Dividends on the Corporation’s common stock will be payable only if, when and as authorized and declared by its board of directors. In addition, banking laws and regulations and its banking regulators may limit the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends and make share repurchases. For example, the Corporation’s ability to make capital distributions, including its ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares of its common stock, is subject to the review and non-objection of its annual capital plan by the FRB. In certain circumstances, the Corporation will not be able to make a capital distribution unless the FRB has approved such distribution, including if the dividend could not be fully funded by the Corporation’s net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid), the Corporation’s prospective rate of earnings retention appears inconsistent with its capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition, or the Corporation will not be able to continue meeting minimum required capital ratios. As a bank holding company, the Corporation also is required to consult with the FRB before increasing dividends or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments. Additionally, the FRB could prohibit or limit the Corporation’s payment of dividends if it determines that payment of the dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. There can be no assurance that the Corporation will declare and pay any dividends or repurchase any shares of its common stock in the future.

33

The Corporation has outstanding securities senior to the common stock which may limit the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock.

The Corporation has outstanding TPS and Series E preferred stock that are senior to the common stock and could adversely affect the ability of the Corporation to declare or pay dividends or distributions on the Corporation’s common stock. The terms of the TPS prohibit the Corporation from declaring or paying dividends or making distributions on its junior capital stock, including the common stock, or purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation payment on any junior capital stock, if: (1) an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the junior subordinated debentures underlying the TPS, (2) the Corporation is in default with respect to a guarantee payment under the guarantee of the related TPS or (3) the Corporation has given notice of its election to defer interest payments but the related deferral period has not yet commenced or a deferral period is continuing. The Corporation also would be prohibited from paying dividends on its common stock unless all full dividends for the latest dividend period have been declared and paid on all outstanding shares of the Series E preferred stock. If the Corporation experiences a material deterioration in its financial condition, liquidity, capital, results of operations or risk profile, the Corporation’s regulators may not permit it to make future payments on its TPS or preferred stock, which would also prevent the Corporation from paying any dividends on its common stock.

Certain provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws and Florida law may discourage takeovers.

The Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that may discourage or may make more difficult or expensive a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. In particular, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws:

• require stockholders to give the Corporation advance notice to nominate candidates for election to its Board of Directors or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting;

• permit the Corporation’s Board of Directors to issue, without approval of its common stockholders unless otherwise required by law, preferred stock with such terms as its Board of Directors may determine;

• require the vote of the holders of at least 75% of the Corporation’s voting shares for stockholder amendments to its By-laws.

Under Florida law, the approval of a business combination with a stockholder owning 10% or more of the voting shares of a corporation requires the vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting shares not owned by such stockholder, unless the transaction is approved by a majority of the corporation’s disinterested directors. In addition, Florida law generally provides that shares of a corporation that are acquired in excess of certain specified thresholds will not possess any voting rights unless the voting rights are approved by a majority of the corporation’s disinterested stockholders.

These provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws and of Florida law could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, even though a majority of the Corporation’s stockholders may consider such proposals desirable. Such provisions could also make it more difficult for third parties to remove and replace members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. Moreover, these provisions could diminish the opportunities for stockholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current market price of the Corporation’s common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of the Corporation’s common stock that could result from takeover attempts.

34

The success of the Corporation’s acquisitions of PVF and BCSB will depend on a number of uncertain factors.

The success of the Corporation’s recent acquisitions of PVF and BCSB will depend on a number of factors, including, without limitation:

• the Corporation’s ability to successfully integrate the acquired companies into its current operations, including converting the acquired companies’ products and systems to FNBPA products and systems;

• the Corporation’s ability to retain the acquired companies’ customers, and their loan, deposits and other businesses;

• the credit quality of loans and other acquired assets;

• the Corporation’s ability to retain appropriate personnel from the acquired companies in connection with the acquisitions;

• the Corporation’s ability to attract new deposits and to generate new interest earning assets in the new markets without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;

• the Corporation’s ability to control non-interest expenses from the acquired companies in a manner that enables it to maintain a favorable overall efficiency ratio; and

• the Corporation’s ability to earn acceptable levels of non-interest income, including fee income, from former customers of the acquired companies.

No assurance can be given that the Corporation will be able to integrate PVF and BCSB successfully, that the acquisitions will not expose the Corporation to unknown material liabilities, that the operation of the acquired companies former businesses will not adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations or cash flows, that the Corporation will be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by its existing banking business, that the Corporation will be able to compete effectively in the acquired companies former market areas, or that the Corporation will be able to manage growth resulting from the acquisitions effectively. The Corporation may encounter difficulties in integrating the businesses of BCSB, which were acquired by the Corporation in February 2014 within a relatively short time period after commencing integration of the businesses of PVF, which were acquired by the Corporation in October 2013. The Corporation’s current and planned operations, personnel, facility size and configuration, systems and internal procedures and controls might be inefficient or inadequate to support these efforts at the same time. As a result, the Corporation may encounter difficulties or costs in the integration that could materially and adversely affect it.

Deposit and loan run-off rates could be substantially different than what the Corporation projected in planning for the acquisitions and the integration of PVF and BCSB.

Deposit run-off is expected to occur following the closing of the Corporation’s acquisitions of PVF and BCSB. While the Corporation believes it assumed a reasonable deposit run-off rate for purposes of valuing the transactions, actual run-off could be higher. Similarly, the Corporation may lose loan relationships acquired through these acquisitions.

The Corporation converted PVF and BCSB’s products and systems to its products and systems. Problems or errors in the customer account conversion process, and customer interface required to replace certain products and services of the acquired companies with comparable products and services of FNBPA, could adversely affect customer relationships, increase run-off of deposit and loan customers and result in unexpected charges and costs. Similarly, run-off could increase if the Corporation is not able to cost-effectively service particular loans, deposits or other products or services with special features of the acquired companies. An unanticipated increase in customer run-off rates could increase the effective cost to the Corporation of these acquisitions.

The credit quality of the loans the Corporation acquires from PVF and BCSB may be poorer than expected, which would require the Corporation to increase its allowance for loan losses and negatively affect its earnings.

Pursuant to the Agreements and Plans of Merger between the Corporation and PVF and the Corporation and BCSB, the Corporation will acquire loans. As part of the Corporation’s due diligence review of these

35

acquired companies, it reviewed samples of loans and made estimated marks for credit and interest risks. The Corporation’s examination of these loans was made using the same criteria, analyses and collateral evaluations that it has traditionally used in the ordinary course of its business. However, no assurance can be given as to the future performance of these acquired loans, which if poorer than expected would require the Corporation to increase its allowance for loan losses and negatively affect its earnings.

The Corporation will be exposed to risks related to lending funds as a result of its acquisitions of PVF and BCSB.

The Corporation’s and FNBPA’s strategic plan focuses on the continued development and growth of a diversified loan portfolio, with emphasis on commercial loans made to borrowers within FNBPA’s market areas. Certain risks are inherent in the lending function, including a borrower’s inability to pay, insufficient collateral coverage and changes in interest rates. Repayment risk on commercial loans arises from changing economic conditions in particular geographic areas, businesses or industries that impair the operating performance of commercial borrowers. Risks associated with commercial real estate loans and general business loans also include changes in general economic conditions that affect underlying collateral values. Consumer loans also are subject to repayment risk and undercollateralization (in the case of secured consumer loans) caused by changing economic conditions.

The Corporation has limited operating experience in Maryland, which may adversely impact its ability to compete successfully in this market area.

The Corporation first entered the Baltimore, Maryland market in April 2013 with its acquisition of ANNB. The Baltimore, Maryland market is outside of the markets in which most members of the Corporation’s senior management have extensive knowledge and experience. The Corporation may not be able to retain existing customers of Baltimore County Savings Bank or adequately address the Baltimore market in terms of the products and services that it proposes to offer, or otherwise compete successfully against institutions already established within this market area. The Corporation’s success in the Baltimore market will depend, in large part, on its ability to identify, attract and retain qualified and experienced personnel with local expertise and relationships in the Baltimore market to supplement the existing management team. The newness of the Corporation’s brand in the Maryland markets may adversely affect its ability to attract and retain qualified personnel as well as its overall ability to compete for customers in this market area.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

NONE.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

The Corporation owns a six-story building in Hermitage, Pennsylvania that serves as its headquarters, executive and administrative offices, and is also occupied by Community Banking and Wealth Management staff. The Corporation also leases office space in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania that serves as its regional headquarters for that market. This space is also occupied by Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance employees. Additionally, the Corporation owns a two-story building in Hermitage, Pennsylvania that serves as its data processing and technology center. During 2013, the Corporation established regional headquarters in Cleveland, Ohio and Baltimore, Maryland. The office space for both of these regional headquarters is leased by the Corporation.

As of December 31, 2013, the Community Banking segment had 266 offices, located in 37 counties in Pennsylvania, 11 counties in Ohio, 2 counties in Maryland and one county in West Virginia, of which 162 were owned and 104 were leased. As of December 31, 2013, the Consumer Finance segment had 72 offices, located in 19 counties in Pennsylvania, 17 counties in Tennessee, 12 counties in Ohio and 14 counties in Kentucky, all of which were leased. The operating leases for the Community Banking and Consumer Finance offices expire at

36

various dates through the year 2040 and generally include options to renew. For additional information regarding the lease commitments, see the Premises and Equipment footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Annapolis Bancorp, Inc. Stockholder Litigation

On November 8, 2012, a purported stockholder of ANNB filed a derivative complaint on behalf of ANNB in the Circuit Court for Anne Arundel County, Maryland, captioned Andera v. Lerner, et al., Case no. 02C12173766, and naming as defendants ANNB, its board of directors and the Corporation. The lawsuit makes various allegations against the defendants, including that the merger consideration is inadequate and undervalues the company, that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duties to ANNB in approving the merger, and that the Corporation aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally seeks an injunction barring the defendants from consummating the merger. In addition, the lawsuit seeks rescission of the merger agreement to the extent already implemented or, in the alternative, award of rescissory damages, an accounting to plaintiff for all damages caused by the defendants and for all profits and special benefits obtained as a result of the defendants’ alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, and an award of the costs and expenses incurred in the action, including a reasonable allowance for counsel fees and expert fees.

On February 7, 2013, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint with additional allegations regarding certain purported non-disclosures relating to the proxy statement/prospectus for the pending merger filed with the SEC on January 23, 2013. On February 22, 2013, ANNB, the ANNB board of directors, the Corporation and the plaintiff reached an agreement in principle to settle the action, and executed a Stipulation of Settlement on June 28, 2013, that memorialized the agreement in writing. As part of the agreement to settle the action, the Corporation and ANNB agreed to disclose additional information in the proxy statement/prospectus filed on February 25, 2013. No substantive term of the merger agreement was modified as part of this settlement. On July 3, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for preliminary approval of the settlement, and on September 18, 2013, the court entered an order preliminarily approving the settlement. On November 25, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for final approval of the settlement. On December 10, 2013, the court held a final fairness hearing and, at the conclusion of the hearing, granted final approval of the settlement.

BCSB Bancorp Stockholder Litigation

On December 9, 2013, a purported stockholder of BCSB filed a putative class action and derivative complaint in the Circuit Court for Baltimore County, Maryland, captioned Darr v. BCSB Bancorp, Inc., et al., at Case No. 03-C-13-014034, and naming as defendants BCSB, its board of directors and the Corporation. The lawsuit makes various allegations against the defendants relating to the Corporation’s proposed acquisition of BCSB, including that the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 19, 2013 in connection with the proposed acquisition omits certain information allegedly necessary for BCSB’s stockholders to make an informed vote on the proposed transaction, that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duties to BCSB in approving the proposed transaction and that the Corporation aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally sought an injunction barring the defendants from consummating the merger transaction. Alternatively, if the companies were to complete the transaction before the court entered judgment, the lawsuit sought rescission of the merger or, in the alternative, rescissory damages, an accounting for all resulting damages and for all profits and any special benefits defendants obtained as a result of the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, and an award for the costs and expenses incurred in the lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and costs. On January 30, 2014, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed its complaint.

Other Legal Proceedings

The Corporation and its subsidiaries are involved in various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. These actions include claims brought against

37

the Corporation and its subsidiaries where the Corporation or a subsidiary acted as one or more of the following: a depository bank, lender, underwriter, fiduciary, financial advisor, broker or was engaged in other business activities. Although the ultimate outcome for any asserted claim cannot be predicted with certainty, the Corporation believes that it and its subsidiaries have valid defenses for all asserted claims. Reserves are established for legal claims when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Corporation does not anticipate, at the present time, that the aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial position. However, the Corporation cannot determine whether or not any claims asserted against it will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations in any future reporting period.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The name, age and principal occupation for each of the executive officers of the Corporation as of January 31, 2014 is set forth below:

Name	Age		Principal Occupation
Vincent J. Delie, Jr.		49	President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; Chief Executive Officer of FNBPA
Vincent J. Calabrese, Jr.		51	Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation; Executive Vice President of FNBPA
Gary L. Guerrieri		53	Chief Credit Officer of the Corporation; Executive Vice President of FNBPA
Timothy G. Rubritz		59	Corporate Controller and Senior Vice President of the Corporation
John C. Williams, Jr.		67	President of FNBPA

There are no family relationships among any of the above executive officers, and there is no arrangement or understanding between any of the above executive officers and any other person pursuant to which he was selected as an officer. The executive officers are elected by the Corporation’s Board of Directors subject in certain cases to the terms of an employment agreement between the officer and the Corporation.

38

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Corporation’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “FNB.” The accompanying table shows the range of high and low sales prices per share of the common stock as reported by the NYSE for 2013 and 2012. The table also shows dividends per share paid on the outstanding common stock during those periods. As of January 31, 2014, there were 11,774 holders of record of the Corporation’s common stock.

	Low		High		Dividends
Quarter Ended 2013
March 31	$	10.70	$	12.12	$	0.12
June 30		11.01		12.12		0.12
September 30		11.80		13.35		0.12
December 31		11.73		13.04		0.12
Quarter Ended 2012
March 31	$	11.31	$	12.56	$	0.12
June 30		9.89		12.36		0.12
September 30		10.55		12.05		0.12
December 31		10.20		11.53		0.12

The information required by this Item 5 with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Part III, Item 12 of this Report.

The Corporation did not purchase any of its own equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2013.

39

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Comparison of Total Return on F.N.B. Corporation’s Common Stock with Certain Averages

The following five-year performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (assuming reinvestment of dividends) on the Corporation’s common stock (¨) to the NASDAQ Bank Index (n) and the Russell 2000 Index (p). This stock performance graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2008, and the cumulative return is measured as of each subsequent fiscal year end.

F.N.B. Corporation Five-Year Stock Performance

Total Return, Including Stock and Cash Dividends

40

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Dollars in thousands, except per share data

Year Ended December 31	2013 (1)			2012 (2)			2011 (3)			2010			2009
Total interest income	$	440,386		$	431,906		$	391,125		$	373,721		$	388,218
Total interest expense		44,344			59,055			74,617			88,731			121,179
Net interest income		396,042			372,851			316,508			284,990			267,039
Provision for loan losses		31,090			31,302			33,641			47,323			66,802
Total non-interest income		135,778			131,252			119,730			115,915			105,397
Total non-interest expense		338,170			318,618			283,546			251,046			255,254
Net income		117,804			110,410			87,047			74,652			41,111
Net income available to common stockholders		117,804			110,410			87,047			74,652			32,803
At Year-End
Total assets	$	13,563,405		$	12,023,976		$	9,786,483		$	8,959,915		$	8,709,077
Net loans		9,395,310			8,033,345			6,756,005			5,982,035			5,744,706
Deposits		10,198,232			9,082,174			7,289,768			6,646,143			6,380,223
Short-term borrowings		1,241,239			1,083,138			851,294			753,603			669,167
Long-term debt		143,928			89,425			88,016			192,058			324,877
Junior subordinated debt		75,205			204,019			203,967			204,036			204,711
Total stockholders’ equity		1,774,383			1,402,069			1,210,199			1,066,124			1,043,302
Per Common Share
Basic earnings per share	$	0.81		$	0.79		$	0.70		$	0.66		$	0.32
Diluted earnings per share		0.80			0.79			0.70			0.65			0.32
Cash dividends declared		0.48			0.48			0.48			0.48			0.48
Book value		10.49			10.02			9.51			9.29			9.14
Ratios
Return on average assets		0.93	%		0.94	%		0.88	%		0.84	%		0.48	%
Return on average tangible assets		1.04			1.05			0.99			0.95			0.57
Return on average equity		7.78			8.02			7.36			7.06			3.87
Return on average tangible common equity		16.58			17.62			15.74			16.01			8.72
Dividend payout ratio		60.48			61.27			69.72			74.02			149.50
Average equity to average assets		11.98			11.68			11.97			11.88			12.35

(1) On April 6, 2013 and October 12, 2013, the Corporation completed the acquisitions of Annapolis Bancorp, Inc. and PVF Capital Corp., respectively.

(2) On January 1, 2012, the Corporation completed the acquisition of Parkvale Financial Corporation.

(3) On January 1, 2011, the Corporation completed the acquisition of Comm Bancorp, Inc.

41

QUARTERLY EARNINGS SUMMARY

Dollars in thousands, except per share data

Quarter Ended 2013	Dec. 31			Sept. 30			June 30		Mar. 31
Total interest income	$	117,637		$	109,790		$	107,841	$	105,118
Total interest expense		10,691			10,536			11,095		12,022
Net interest income		106,946			99,254			96,746		93,096
Provision for loan losses		8,366			7,280			7,903		7,541
Gain on sale of securities		51			5			68		684
Impairment loss on securities		(27	)		—			—		—
Other non-interest income		32,635			32,805			36,629		32,928
Total non-interest expense		92,068			83,173			84,127		78,802
Net income		28,439			31,634			29,193		28,538
Net income available to common stockholders		28,439			31,634			29,193		28,538
Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.18		$	0.22		$	0.20	$	0.20
Diluted earnings per common share		0.18			0.22			0.20		0.20
Cash dividends declared		0.12			0.12			0.12		0.12
Quarter Ended 2012	Dec. 31			Sept. 30			June 30		Mar. 31
Total interest income	$	107,578		$	107,756		$	109,285	$	107,287
Total interest expense		13,660			14,225			14,804		16,366
Net interest income		93,918			93,531			94,481		90,921
Provision for loan losses		9,274			8,429			7,027		6,572
Gain on sale of securities		3			(66	)		260		108
Impairment loss on securities		(93	)		(119	)		—		—
Other non-interest income		32,157			34,947			32,465		31,590
Total non-interest expense		76,532			77,031			78,429		86,626
Net income		28,955			30,743			29,130		21,582
Net income available to common stockholders		28,955			30,743			29,130		21,582
Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.21		$	0.22		$	0.21	$	0.16
Diluted earnings per common share		0.21			0.22			0.21		0.15
Cash dividends declared		0.12			0.12			0.12		0.12

42

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management’s discussion and analysis represents an overview of the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Corporation. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes presented in Item 8 of this Report. Results of operations for the periods included in this review are not necessarily indicative of results to be obtained during any future period.

Important Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

The Corporation makes statements in this Report, and may from time to time make other statements, regarding its outlook for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset levels, asset quality and other matters regarding or affecting the Corporation and its future business and operations that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. The Corporation does not assume any duty and does not undertake to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance.

The Corporation’s forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties:

– The Corporation’s businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including the following:

• Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets.

• Disruptions in the liquidity and other functioning of U.S. and global financial markets.

• The impact of federal regulated agencies that have oversight or review of the Corporation’s business and securities activities.

• Actions by the FRB, UST and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates.

• Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness which adversely affect loan utilization rates, delinquencies, defaults and counterparty ability to meet credit and other obligations.

• Slowing or reversal of the current moderate economic recovery and persistence or worsening levels of unemployment.

• Changes in customer preferences and behavior, whether due to changing business and economic conditions, legislative and regulatory initiatives, or other factors.

– Legal and regulatory developments could affect the Corporation’s ability to operate its businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation, or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding, and ability to attract and retain management. These developments could include:

• Changes resulting from legislative and regulatory reforms, including broad-based restructuring of financial industry regulation; changes to laws and regulations involving tax, pension, bankruptcy, consumer protection, and other industry aspects; and changes in accounting policies and principles. The Corporation will continue to be impacted by extensive reforms provided for in the Dodd-Frank Act and otherwise growing out of the recent financial crisis, the precise nature, extent and timing of which, and their impact on the Corporation, remains uncertain.

43

• The impact on fee income opportunities resulting from the limit imposed under the Durbin Amendment of the Dodd-Frank Act on the maximum permissible interchange fee that banks may collect from merchants for debit card transactions and federal court determinations that may impose further restrictions on interchange fee opportunities.

• Changes to regulations governing bank capital and liquidity standards, including due to the Dodd-Frank Act, Volcker rule and Basel III initiatives.

• Changes to the consumer protection and fair lending laws as implemented or applied by the CFPB which may limit product and service offerings and adversely effect fee income opportunities.

• Impact on business and operating results of any costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property, the adequacy of the Corporation’s intellectual property protection in general and rapid technological developments and changes. The Corporation’s ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact its ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

– Business and operating results are affected by the Corporation’s ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in its businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of third-party insurance, derivatives, swaps, and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital standards.

– Increased competition, whether due to consolidation among financial institutions; realignments or consolidation of branch offices, legal and regulatory developments, industry restructuring or other causes, can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues.

– As demonstrated by the ANNB, PVF and BCSB acquisitions, the Corporation grows its business in part by acquiring from time to time other financial services companies, financial services assets and related deposits. These acquisitions often present risks and uncertainties, including, the possibility that the transaction cannot be consummated; regulatory issues; cost, or difficulties, involved in integration and conversion of the acquired businesses after closing; inability to realize expected cost savings, efficiencies and strategic advantages; the extent of credit losses in acquired loan portfolios and extent of deposit attrition; and the potential dilutive effect to current shareholders. In addition, with respect to the ANNB, PVF and BCSB acquisitions, the Corporation may experience difficulties in expanding into a new market area, including retention of customers and key personnel of ANNB, PVF and BCSB.

– Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Industry restructuring in the current environment could also impact the Corporation’s business and financial performance through changes in counterparty creditworthiness and performance and the competitive and regulatory landscape. The Corporation’s ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact its ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

– Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread disasters, dislocations, terrorist activities, cyber-attacks or international hostilities through their impacts on the economy and financial markets.

The Corporation provides greater detail regarding some of these factors in the Risk Factors section of this Report. The Corporation’s forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those that may be discussed elsewhere in this Report or in SEC filings, accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on the Corporation’s website at www.fnbcorporation.com. The Corporation has included these web addresses as inactive textual references only. Information on these websites is not part of this document.

44

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the consolidated financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain policies inherently are based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Corporation are presented in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, provide information on how the Corporation values significant assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements, how the Corporation determines those values and how the Corporation records transactions in the consolidated financial statements.

Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements. Management currently views the determination of the allowance for loan losses, accounting for acquired loans, securities valuation, goodwill and other intangible assets and income taxes to be critical accounting policies.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses addresses credit losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio and is presented as a reserve against loans on the consolidated balance sheet. Loan losses are charged off against the allowance for loan losses, with recoveries of amounts previously charged off credited to the allowance for loan losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

Estimating the amount of the allowance for loan losses is based to a significant extent on the judgment and estimates of management regarding the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.

Management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses considers individual impaired loans, pools of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics and other risk factors concerning the economic environment. The specific credit allocations for individual impaired loans are based on ongoing analyses of all loans over a $0.5 million threshold. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific impaired loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows, current fair value of the underlying collateral and other qualitative risk factors that may affect the loan. The evaluation of this component of the allowance for loan losses requires considerable judgment in order to estimate inherent loss exposures.

Pools of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. Loans are categorized into pools primarily based on loan type and internal risk rating. There is considerable judgment involved in setting internal risk ratings, including an evaluation of the borrower’s current financial condition and ability to repay the loan. A loss migration and historical charge-off analysis is performed quarterly and loss factors are updated regularly based on actual experience. This analysis examines historical loss experience, the related internal ratings of loans charged off and considers inherent but undetected losses within the portfolio. Inherent but undetected losses may arise due to uncertainties in economic conditions, delays in obtaining

45

information, including unfavorable information about a borrower’s financial condition, the difficulty in identifying triggering events that correlate to subsequent loss rates and risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors. Uncertainty surrounding the strength and timing of economic cycles also affects estimates of loss. The historical loss experience used in the migration and historical charge-off analysis may not be representative of actual unrealized losses inherent in the portfolio.

Management also evaluates the impact of various qualitative factors which pose additional risks that may not adequately be addressed in the analyses described above. Historical loss rates for each loan category may be adjusted for levels of and trends in loan volumes, large exposures, charge-offs, recoveries, delinquency, non-performing and other impaired loans. In addition, management takes into consideration the impact of changes to lending policies; the experience and depth of lending management and staff; the results of internal loan reviews; concentrations of credit; mergers and acquisitions; weighted average risk ratings; competition, legal and regulatory risk; market uncertainty and collateral illiquidity; national and local economic trends; or any other common risk factor that might affect loss experience across one or more components of the portfolio. The assessment of relevant economic factors indicates that the Corporation’s primary markets historically tend to lag the national economy, with local economies in the Corporation’s primary market areas also improving or weakening, as the case may be, but at a more measured rate than the national trends. Regional economic factors influencing management’s estimate of allowance for loan losses include uncertainty of the labor markets in the regions the Corporation serves and a contracting labor force due, in part, to productivity growth and industry consolidations. The determination of this component of the allowance for loan losses is particularly dependent on the judgment of management.

There are many factors affecting the allowance for loan losses; some are quantitative, while others require qualitative judgment. Although management believes its process for determining the allowance for loan losses adequately considers all of the factors currently inherent in the portfolio that could potentially result in credit losses, the process includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses could be required that may adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings or financial position in future periods.

The Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of this financial review includes a discussion of the factors affecting changes in the allowance for loan losses during the current period.

Accounting for Acquired Loans

The Corporation accounts for its acquisitions under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations, which requires the use of the purchase method of accounting. All identifiable assets acquired, including loans, are recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses related to the acquired loans is recorded on the acquisition date as the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk. Loans acquired are recorded at fair value in accordance with the fair value methodology prescribed in ASC 820. Fair value estimates associated with the loans include estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows.

Over the life of the acquired loans, the Corporation continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected on individual loans or on pools of loans sharing common risk characteristics. The Corporation evaluates at each balance sheet date whether the estimated cash flows and corresponding present value of its loans determined using the effective interest rates has decreased and if so, recognizes a provision for loan loss in its consolidated statement of income. For any increases in cash flows expected to be collected, the Corporation adjusts the amount of accretable yield recognized on a prospective basis over the loan’s or pool’s remaining life.

Securities Valuation and Impairment

The Corporation evaluates its investment securities portfolio for OTTI on a quarterly basis. Impairment is assessed at the individual security level. An investment security is considered impaired if the fair value of the security is less than its cost or amortized cost basis.

46

The Corporation’s OTTI evaluation process is performed in a consistent and systematic manner and includes an evaluation of all available evidence. Documentation of the process is extensive to support a conclusion as to whether a decline in fair value below cost or amortized cost is other-than-temporary and includes documentation supporting both observable and unobservable inputs and a rationale for conclusions reached.

This process considers factors such as the severity, length of time and anticipated recovery period of the impairment, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. The Corporation also considers its intent to sell the security and whether it is more likely than not that the Corporation would be required to sell the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Corporation’s intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Corporation would be required to sell the security is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity.

The assessment of a security’s ability to recover any decline in fair value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, and the Corporation’s intent and ability to retain the security require considerable judgment.

Debt securities with credit ratings below AA at the time of purchase that are repayment-sensitive securities are evaluated using the guidance of ASC 320, Investments – Debt Securities.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As a result of acquisitions, the Corporation has acquired goodwill and identifiable intangible assets on its balance sheet. Goodwill represents the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date. The Corporation’s recorded goodwill relates to value inherent in its Community Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance segments.

The value of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles is dependent upon the Corporation’s ability to provide quality, cost-effective services in the face of competition. As such, these values are supported ultimately by revenue that is driven by the volume of business transacted. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the Corporation’s inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment in value which could result in additional expense and adversely impact earnings in future periods.

Other identifiable intangible assets such as core deposit intangibles and customer and renewal lists are amortized over their estimated useful lives.

The Corporation performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing updated qualitative factors, the Corporation determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it does not perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The two-step impairment test is used to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of impairment loss to be recognized, if any. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to measure impairment loss, if any. Under the second step, the fair value is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied fair value of goodwill. This allocation is similar to a purchase price allocation performed in purchase accounting. If the implied goodwill value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that difference.

47

Determining fair values of each reporting unit, of its individual assets and liabilities, and also of other identifiable intangible assets requires considering market information that is publicly available as well as the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether or not an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such charge. Inputs used in determining fair values where significant estimates and assumptions are necessary include discounted cash flow calculations, market comparisons and recent transactions, projected future cash flows, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, long-term growth rates and determination and evaluation of appropriate market comparables.

The Corporation performed an annual test of goodwill for each of its business units as of October 1, 2013 along with an update through year-end and concluded that the recorded value of goodwill was not impaired.

Income Taxes

The Corporation is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and other jurisdictions where it conducts business. The laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and various taxing authorities. In determining the provision for income taxes, management must make judgments and estimates about the application of these inherently complex tax statutes, related regulations and case law. In the process of preparing the Corporation’s tax returns, management attempts to make reasonable interpretations of the tax laws. These interpretations are subject to challenge by the taxing authorities or based on management’s ongoing assessment of the facts and evolving case law.

The Corporation establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the Corporation will not be able to realize a benefit from its deferred tax assets, or when future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets.

On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of the Corporation’s effective tax rate based on management’s current best estimate of net income and the applicable taxes for the full year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are assessed on an annual basis, or sooner, if business events or circumstances warrant.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments

The New Accounting Standards footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report, discusses new accounting pronouncements adopted by the Corporation in 2013 and the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted.

Overview

The Corporation, headquartered in Hermitage, Pennsylvania, is a regional diversified financial services company operating in six states and three major metropolitan areas, including Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Baltimore, Maryland and Cleveland, Ohio. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation had 266 banking offices throughout Pennsylvania, Ohio, Maryland and West Virginia. The Corporation provides a full range of commercial banking, consumer banking and wealth management solutions through its subsidiary network which is led by its largest affiliate, FNBPA. Commercial banking solutions include corporate banking, small business banking, investment real estate financing, asset based lending, capital markets and lease financing. Consumer banking products and services include deposit products, mortgage lending, consumer lending and a complete suite of mobile and online banking services. Wealth management services include asset management, private banking and insurance. The Corporation also operates Regency, which had 72 consumer finance offices in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky and Tennessee as of December 31, 2013.

48

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net income for 2013 was $117.8 million or $0.80 per diluted share compared to net income of $110.4 million or $0.79 per diluted share for 2012. The increase in net income is a result of an increase of $23.2 million in net interest income, combined with an increase of $4.5 million in non-interest income and a decrease of $0.2 million in the provision for loan losses, partially offset by a $19.6 million increase in non-interest expense. The results for 2013 were impacted by the ANNB and PVF acquisitions that closed on April 6, 2013 and October 12, 2013, respectively, and included a total of $8.2 million in merger costs, while the results for 2012 were impacted by the Parkvale acquisition that closed on January 1, 2012 and included $7.4 million in merger costs.

The Corporation’s return on average equity was 7.78% and its return on average assets was 0.93% for 2013, compared to 8.02% and 0.94%, respectively, for 2012. The Corporation’s return on average tangible equity was 16.19% and its return on average tangible assets was 1.04% for 2013, compared to 17.62% and 1.05%, respectively, for 2012.

In addition to evaluating its results of operations in accordance with GAAP, the Corporation routinely supplements its evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as return on average tangible equity and return on average tangible assets. The Corporation believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding the Corporation’s operating performance and trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of the Corporation’s peers. The non-GAAP financial measures the Corporation uses may differ from the non-GAAP financial measures other financial institutions use to measure their results of operations.

The following tables summarize the Corporation’s non-GAAP financial measures for 2013 and 2012 derived from amounts reported in the Corporation’s financial statements (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31	2013			2012
Return on average tangible equity:
Net income	$	117,804		$	110,410
Amortization of intangibles, net of tax		5,465			5,801
	$	123,269		$	116,211
Average total stockholders’ equity	$	1,514,471		$	1,376,494
Less: Average intangibles		(752,894	)		(717,031	)
	$	761,577		$	659,463
Return on average tangible equity		16.19	%		17.62	%
Return on average tangible assets:
Net income	$	117,804		$	110,410
Amortization of intangibles, net of tax		5,465			5,801
	$	123,269		$	116,211
Average total assets	$	12,640,685		$	11,782,821
Less: Average intangibles		(752,894	)		(717,031	)
	$	11,887,791		$	11,065,790
Return on average tangible assets		1.04	%		1.05	%

49

The following table provides information regarding the average balances and yields earned on interest earning assets and the average balances and rates paid on interest bearing liabilities (dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31
	2013									2012									2011
Assets	Average Balance			Interest Income/ Expense			Yield/ Rate			Average Balance			Interest Income/ Expense			Yield/ Rate			Average Balance			Interest Income/ Expense			Yield/ Rate
Interest earning assets:
Interest bearing deposits with banks	$	57,605		$	129			0.22	%	$	94,719		$	210			0.22	%	$	118,731		$	275			0.23	%
Taxable investment securities (1)		2,125,001			43,551			2.00			2,031,289			47,161			2.27			1,555,939			42,061			2.65
Non-taxable investment securities (1) (2)		160,601			8,737			5.44			183,558			10,253			5.59			198,197			11,402			5.75
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		17,772			720			4.05			16,645			713			4.28			12,358			588			4.76
Loans (2) (3)		8,688,030			394,218			4.54			7,880,254			380,951			4.83			6,676,010			344,694			5.16
Total interest earning assets		11,049,009			447,355			4.05			10,206,465			439,288			4.30			8,561,235			399,020			4.66
Cash and due from banks		183,656									187,095									166,809
Allowance for loan losses		(109,050	)								(103,590	)								(109,754	)
Premises and equipment		147,009									146,757									127,017
Other assets		1,370,061									1,346,094									1,125,857
	$	12,640,685								$	11,782,821								$	9,871,164
Liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Interest bearing demand	$	3,844,865			5,825			0.15		$	3,497,352			7,636			0.22		$	2,889,720			9,912			0.34
Savings		1,358,386			656			0.05			1,194,071			1,124			0.09			945,673			1,683			0.18
Certificates and other time		2,489,129			22,960			0.92			2,691,597			33,753			1.25			2,278,133			41,940			1.84
Customer repurchase agreements		794,436			1,850			0.23			792,131			2,506			0.31			637,351			3,185			0.49
Other short-term borrowings		231,326			2,573			1.10			158,875			2,656			1.64			154,228			3,526			2.26
Long-term debt		103,772			3,115			3.00			90,652			3,492			3.85			200,158			6,403			3.20
Junior subordinated debt		199,296			7,365			3.70			203,471			7,888			3.88			203,950			7,968			3.91
Total interest bearing liabilities		9,021,210			44,344			0.49			8,628,149			59,055			0.68			7,309,213			74,617			1.02
Non-interest bearing demand		1,963,431									1,615,419									1,266,392
Other liabilities		141,573									162,759									113,618
		11,126,214									10,406,327									8,689,223
Stockholders’ equity		1,514,471									1,376,494									1,181,941
	$	12,640,685								$	11,782,821								$	9,871,164
Excess of interest earning assets over interest bearing liabilities	$	2,027,799								$	1,578,316								$	1,252,022
Net interest income (FTE)					403,011									380,233									324,403
Tax-equivalent adjustment					(6,969	)								(7,382	)								(7,895	)
Net interest income				$	396,042								$	372,851								$	316,508
Net interest spread								3.56	%								3.62	%								3.64	%
Net interest margin (2)								3.65	%								3.73	%								3.79	%

(1) The average balances and yields earned on securities are based on historical cost.

(2) The interest income amounts are reflected on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis which adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% for each period presented. The yield on earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on an FTE basis. The Corporation believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

(3) Average balances include non-accrual loans. Loans consist of average total loans less average unearned income. The amount of loan fees included in interest income on loans is immaterial.

50

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, which is the Corporation’s major source of revenue, is the difference between interest income from earning assets (loans, securities and interest bearing deposits with banks) and interest expense paid on liabilities (deposits, customer repurchase agreements, short- and long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debt). In 2013, net interest income, which comprised 74.5% of net revenue (net interest income plus non-interest income) compared to 74.0% in 2012, was affected by the general level of interest rates, changes in interest rates and the timing of repricing of assets and liabilities, the shape of the yield curve, the level of non-accrual loans and changes in the amount and mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.

Net interest income, on an FTE basis, increased $22.8 million or 6.0% from $380.2 million for 2012 to $403.0 million for 2013. Average earning assets increased $842.5 million or 8.3% and average interest bearing liabilities increased $393.1 million or 4.6% from 2012 due to the acquisitions of ANNB and PVF, combined with organic growth in loans, deposits and customer repurchase agreements. The Corporation’s net interest margin was 3.65% for 2013 compared to 3.73% for 2012 as loan yields declined faster than deposit rates primarily reflecting the acquisitions of ANNB and PVF as well as the impact of the current low interest rate environment. Additionally, 3 basis points of the narrowing of the net interest margin was attributable to a lower amount of accretable yield during 2013, compared to 6 basis points for 2012. Details on changes in tax equivalent net interest income attributed to changes in interest earning assets, interest bearing liabilities, yields and cost of funds are set forth in the preceding table.

The following table provides certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable to changes in the average volumes and yields earned on interest earning assets and the average volume and rates paid for interest bearing liabilities for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	2013 vs 2012									2012 vs 2011
	Volume			Rate			Net			Volume			Rate			Net
Interest Income
Interest bearing deposits with banks	$	(82	)	$	1		$	(81	)	$	(54	)	$	(11	)	$	(65	)
Securities		(2,580	)		(2,546	)		(5,126	)		11,701			(7,750	)		3,951
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		47			(40	)		7			189			(64	)		125
Loans		38,957			(25,690	)		13,267			57,654			(21,397	)		36,257
		36,342			(28,275	)		8,067			69,490			(29,222	)		40,268
Interest Expense
Deposits:
Interest bearing demand		988			(2,799	)		(1,811	)		1,504			(3,780	)		(2,276	)
Savings		138			(606	)		(468	)		387			(946	)		(559	)
Certificates and other time		(2,378	)		(8,415	)		(10,793	)		6,715			(14,902	)		(8,187	)
Customer repurchase agreements		7			(663	)		(656	)		665			(1,344	)		(679	)
Other short-term borrowings		54			(137	)		(83	)		(90	)		(780	)		(870	)
Long-term debt		462			(839	)		(377	)		(4,024	)		1,113			(2,911	)
Junior subordinated debt		(160	)		(363	)		(523	)		(19	)		(61	)		(80	)
		(889	)		(13,822	)		(14,711	)		5,138			(20,700	)		(15,562	)
Net Change	$	37,231		$	(14,453	)	$	22,778		$	64,352		$	(8,522	)	$	55,830

(1) The amount of change not solely due to rate or volume was allocated between the change due to rate and the change due to volume based on the net size of the rate and volume changes.

(2) Interest income amounts are reflected on an FTE basis which adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% for each period presented. The Corporation believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

51

Interest income, on an FTE basis, of $447.4 million for 2013 increased $8.1 million or 1.8% from 2012, primarily due to increased earning assets, partially offset by lower yields. Additionally, during 2013, the Corporation recognized $3.3 million in accretable yield as a result of better than expected cash flows on acquired portfolios compared to original estimates, which compares to $5.9 million for 2012. The increase in earning assets was primarily driven by an $807.8 million or 10.3% increase in average loans, including $498.9 million or 6.3% of organic growth, $190.1 million in average loans added in the ANNB acquisition and $118.7 million in average loans added in the PVF acquisition. The yield on earning assets decreased 25 basis points from 2012 to 4.05% for 2013, reflecting the decreases in market interest rates and competitive pressure and the above-mentioned changes in accretable yield.

Interest expense of $44.3 million for 2013 decreased $14.7 million or 24.9% from 2012 due to lower rates paid, partially offset by growth in interest-bearing liabilities. The rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 19 basis points to 0.49% during 2013, compared to 2012, reflecting changes in interest rates and a favorable shift in deposit mix to lower-cost transaction deposits and customer repurchase agreements. The growth in average interest-bearing liabilities was primarily attributable to growth in deposits and customer repurchase agreements, which increased by $659.7 million or 6.7% for 2013 compared to 2012, including $238.3 million or 2.4% of organic growth, $263.1 million added in the ANNB acquisition and $158.3 million added in the PVF acquisition.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is determined based on management’s estimates of the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses needed to absorb probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, after giving consideration to charge-offs and recoveries for the period.

The provision for loan losses of $31.1 million during 2013 decreased $0.2 million from 2012, primarily due to a decrease of $1.0 million in the provision for the originated portfolio, partially offset by an increase of $0.8 million in the provision for the acquired portfolio. During 2013, net charge-offs were $24.7 million, or 0.28% of average loans, compared to $27.6 million, or 0.35% of average loans, for 2012, reflecting consistent, solid performance in the Corporation’s loan portfolio. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans equaled 1.17% and 1.28% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which reflects the Corporation’s overall favorable credit quality performance along with the addition of loans acquired in the ANNB and PVF acquisitions without a corresponding allowance for loan losses. For additional information relating to the allowance and provision for loan losses, refer to the Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Non-Interest Income

Total non-interest income of $135.8 million for 2013 increased $4.5 million or 3.4% from 2012. The variances in significant individual non-interest income items are further explained in the following paragraphs.

Service charges of $68.2 million for 2013 decreased $1.3 million or 1.9% from 2012, primarily due to a decrease of $4.4 million in interchange fees as the Corporation became subject to the rules regarding debit card interchange fees imposed by the Durbin Amendment of the Dodd-Frank Act effective July 1, 2013. Partially offsetting this decrease, overdraft fees increased $0.2 million and other service charges increased $2.9 million over this same period reflecting the impact of organic growth and the expanded customer base due to the ANNB and PVF acquisitions. For information relating to the impact of the new regulations on the Corporation’s income from interchange fees, refer to the Dodd-Frank Act section included in the Item 1, “Business” section of this Report.

Trust fees of $16.8 million for 2013 increased $1.5 million or 9.9% from 2012, primarily driven by cross-selling efforts collaborating with internal business partners, added sales professionals and improved market conditions. The market value of assets under management increased $433.5 million or 15.7% to $3.2 billion over this same period as a result of organic growth and improved market conditions.

52

Insurance commissions and fees of $16.6 million for 2013 increased $0.2 million or 1.0% from 2012, primarily due to the implementation of revenue-enhancing strategies and initiatives.

Securities commissions of $11.3 million for 2013 increased $2.9 million or 34.4% from 2012 primarily due to positive results from new initiatives generating new customer relationships, combined with added sales professionals and improved market conditions.

Mortgage banking revenue, which is primarily derived from the gain on sale of loans, was $3.5 million for 2013 and decreased $0.7 million or 16.9% from 2012 due to an increase in the amortization of mortgage servicing rights. During 2013, the Corporation sold $243.8 million of residential mortgage loans, compared to $245.5 million for 2012, as part of its ongoing strategy of generally selling 30-year residential mortgage loans.

Gain on sale of securities of $0.8 million for 2013 increased $0.3 million from 2012 primarily due to increased volume of securities sold to reduce risk and improve positioning on the balance sheet.

Income from BOLI of $6.9 million for 2013 increased $0.4 million or 6.0% from 2012, primarily as a result of continued management actions designed to improve performance, along with additional policies acquired in the 2013 mergers.

Other non-interest income was $11.8 million for 2013 compared to $10.9 million for 2012. During 2013, the Corporation recognized a $1.9 million gain related to a debt extinguishment in which $15.0 million of the Corporation- issued TPS were repurchased at a discount and the related debt extinguished. This $15.0 million was opportunistically purchased at auction and represents a portion of the underlying collateral of a pooled TPS that was liquidated by the trustee. During 2013, the Corporation also recognized a $0.3 million gain on the sale of a former branch building. Additionally during 2013, the Corporation received $0.4 million more in dividends on non-marketable equity securities, recognized $1.0 million less in recoveries of impaired loans acquired in previous acquisitions and recorded $1.1 million less in fees earned through the its commercial loan interest rate swap program, which was impacted by a lower interest rate environment combined with the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act that restricts the eligibility of smaller commercial customers. During 2012, the Corporation recognized a $1.4 million gain on the sale of the former headquarters building of a previously acquired bank and a $1.7 million loss relating to expected losses on asset disposals related to branch consolidations.

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expense of $338.2 million for 2013 increased $19.6 million or 6.1% from 2012. The variances in the individual non-interest expense items are further explained in the following paragraphs with an overriding theme of the expense increases primarily related to the branch offices and operations acquired from ANNB and PVF.

Salaries and employee benefits of $180.0 million for 2013 increased $11.8 million or 7.0% from 2012. This increase primarily relates to the ANNB and PVF acquisitions, combined with new hires, merit increases and higher medical insurance costs in 2013, partially offset by the reduction of staff related to the branches consolidated in 2012.

Occupancy and equipment expense of $51.7 million for 2013 increased $4.8 million or 10.2% from 2012, primarily resulting from the ANNB and PVF acquisitions, combined with an increase in equipment depreciation expense due to upgrades to incorporate new technology, primarily relating to online and mobile banking upgrades.

Amortization of intangibles expense of $8.4 million for 2013 decreased $0.5 million or 5.8% from 2012 due to lower amortization expense due to accelerated amortization methods consistent with prior practices.

53

Outside services expense of $30.3 million for 2013 increased $2.2 million or 7.9% from 2012, primarily resulting from the ANNB and PVF acquisitions and costs related to compliance with new regulations, as the Corporation recognized increases of $1.4 million related to consulting fees, $0.3 million related to audits and exams and $1.4 million related to other outside services. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $1.0 million in legal expenses and $0.2 million in licenses, fees and dues.

FDIC insurance of $10.2 million for 2013 increased $2.1 million or 26.2% from 2012 primarily due to revised assessment methodologies, combined with an increased asset base resulting from the ANNB and PVF acquisitions and a higher assessment rate due to FNBPA exceeding $10.0 billion in total assets.

Supplies expense of $6.9 million for 2013 increased $0.4 million or 6.9% from 2012 resulting from the higher expenses associated with the ANNB and PVF locations.

State tax expense of $4.3 million for 2013 decreased $1.9 million or 30.9% from 2012, primarily due to utilizing state tax credits, along with corporate reorganization strategies.

Loan-related expense of $6.3 million for 2013 decreased $0.6 million or 17.3% from 2012, primarily due to lower expenses resulting from the reduction of the Florida commercial real estate loan portfolio.

OREO expense of $3.2 million for 2013 decreased slightly from $3.3 million for 2012, primarily due to lower costs associated with the Florida commercial real estate loan portfolio.

Telephone expense of $5.1 million for 2013 decreased $0.6 million or 11.1% from 2012, as the Corporation continues to focus on controlling expenses through the use of technology upgrades.

Advertising and promotional expense of $6.3 million for 2013 increased $1.4 million or 27.2% from 2012, primarily due to higher expenses associated with the ANNB and PVF acquisitions related to promotional efforts to support expansion in the metropolitan markets in Cleveland, Ohio and Baltimore, Maryland.

The Corporation recorded $8.2 million in merger-related costs associated with the ANNB and PVF acquisitions and the pending BCSB acquisition during 2013. Merger-related costs recorded during 2012 in conjunction with the Parkvale acquisition were $7.4 million.

Other non-interest expense decreased to $19.7 million for 2013 from $21.1 million for 2012. During 2013, the Corporation recognized a $2.2 million charge related to a debt extinguishment in which $115.0 million of the Corporation- issued TPS were redeemed and the related debt extinguished. This $115.0 million was redeemed with funds generated from the November 2013 capital raise, as the Corporation positions itself for Basel III implementation. Additionally during 2013, miscellaneous losses decreased $0.7 million due to lower fraud losses and business development expense increased $0.3 million. During 2012, the Corporation recorded $3.0 million in litigation costs to establish a settlement fund to resolve a class action matter.

Income Taxes

The Corporation’s income tax expense of $44.8 million for 2013 increased $1.0 million or 2.2% from 2012. The effective tax rate of 27.5% for 2013 decreased from 28.4% for 2012, reflecting the benefit of $1.4 million of tax credits realized on the prior year tax return. Both periods’ tax rates are lower than the 35.0% federal statutory tax rate due to the tax benefits primarily resulting from tax-exempt income on investments, loans and BOLI, as well as tax credits.

54

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Net income for 2012 was $110.4 million or $0.79 per diluted share compared to net income of $87.0 million or $0.70 per diluted share for 2011. The increase in net income is a result of an increase of $56.3 million in net interest income, combined with an increase of $11.5 million in non-interest income and a decrease of $2.3 million in the provision for loan losses, partially offset by a $35.1 million increase in non-interest expense. The results for 2012 were impacted by merger costs totaling $7.4 million and the full-year effect of the Parkvale acquisition that closed on January 1, 2012.

The Corporation’s return on average equity was 8.02% and its return on average assets was 0.94% for 2012, an improvement compared to 7.36% and 0.88%, respectively, for 2011. The Corporation’s return on average tangible equity was 17.62% and its return on average tangible assets was 1.05% for 2012, both improvements from 15.74% and 0.99%, respectively, for 2012.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, which is the Corporation’s major source of revenue, is the difference between interest income from earning assets and interest expense paid on liabilities. In 2012, net interest income, which comprised 74.0% of net revenue compared to 72.6% in 2011, was affected by the general level of interest rates, changes in interest rates and the timing of repricing of assets and liabilities, the shape of the yield curve, the level of non-accrual loans and changes in the amount and mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.

Net interest income, on an FTE basis, increased $55.8 million or 17.2% from $324.4 million for 2011 to $380.2 million for 2012. Average earning assets increased $1.6 billion or 19.2% and average interest bearing liabilities increased $1.3 billion or 18.0% from 2011 due to the acquisition of Parkvale, combined with organic growth in loans, deposits and customer repurchase agreements. The Corporation’s net interest margin was 3.73% for 2012 compared to 3.79% for 2011 as loan yields declined faster than deposit rates primarily reflecting the acquisition of Parkvale as well as the impact of the current low interest rate environment.

Interest income, on an FTE basis, of $439.3 million for 2012 increased $40.3 million or 10.1% from 2011, primarily due to increased earning assets resulting from a combination of organic growth and the Parkvale acquisition, partially offset by lower yields. Additionally, during 2012, the Corporation recognized $5.9 million in additional accretable yield as a result of improved cash flows on acquired loan portfolios compared to original estimates for both Comm Bancorp, Inc. (CBI), acquired on January 1, 2011, and Parkvale and $2.1 million in accretable yield relating to TPS. The increase in earning assets was primarily driven by a $1.2 billion or 18.1% increase in average loans. Loans acquired from Parkvale totaled $922.1 million on the acquisition date. The yield on earning assets decreased 36 basis points from 2011 to 4.30% for 2012, reflecting the decreases in market interest rates and competitive pressure along with the Parkvale acquired loans that carried lower yields than the Corporation’s existing loan portfolio.

Interest expense of $59.1 million for 2012 decreased $15.6 million or 20.9% from the same period of 2011 due to lower rates paid, partially offset by growth in interest bearing liabilities resulting from a combination of organic growth and the acquisition of Parkvale. The rate paid on interest bearing liabilities decreased 34 basis points to 0.68% during 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting changes in interest rates, the Parkvale acquisition and a favorable shift in mix. The growth in average interest bearing liabilities was primarily attributable to growth in deposits and customer repurchase agreements, which increased $1.8 billion or 22.1% for 2012 compared to 2011. Deposits acquired from Parkvale totaled $1.5 billion on the acquisition date. This growth was partially offset by a $109.5 million or 54.7% reduction in average long-term debt primarily associated with the prepayment of certain higher-cost borrowings during the fourth quarter of 2011.

55

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses of $31.3 million during 2012 decreased $2.3 million from 2011, primarily due to a lower provision in the Florida portfolio, partially offset by $4.2 million in provision for the acquired portfolio. During 2012, net charge-offs were $27.6 million, or 0.35% of average loans, compared to $39.1 million, or 0.58% of average loans, for 2011, reflecting consistent, solid performance in the Corporation’s loan portfolio. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans equaled 1.28% at December 31, 2012, compared to 1.47% at December 31, 2011, with the decline directionally consistent with the overall favorable credit quality performance as well as reserves to support the solid loan growth experienced in 2012. For additional information relating to the allowance and provision for loan losses, refer to the Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Non-Interest Income

Total non-interest income of $131.3 million for 2012 increased $11.5 million or 9.6% from 2011. The variances in the individual non-interest income items are further explained in the following paragraphs.

Net impairment losses on securities for 2012 were $0.2 million, relating to one non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO), compared to $0.1 million for 2011, primarily related to pooled TPS.

Service charges on loans and deposits of $70.1 million for 2012 increased $8.2 million or 13.2% from 2011, reflecting increases of $3.3 million in income from interchange fees, $1.7 million in overdraft fees and $3.2 million in other service charges due to a combination of higher volume, organic growth and the expanded customer base due to the Parkvale acquisition.

Trust fees of $15.2 million for 2012 increased $0.5 million or 3.1% from 2011. The market value of assets under management increased by $344.2 million or 14.3% to $2.8 billion over this same period as a result of organic growth, primarily in the fourth quarter, and improved market conditions.

Insurance commissions and fees of $16.4 million for 2012 increased $1.2 million or 8.2% from 2011, primarily as a result of increased policies for new business, including a large new account.

Securities commissions of $8.4 million for 2012 increased $0.8 million or 11.0% from 2011 primarily due to positive results from new initiatives, combined with increased volume and the Parkvale acquisition.

Mortgage banking revenue of $4.2 million for 2012 increased $1.1 million or 33.9% from 2011 due to additional sales volume. For 2012, the Corporation sold $245.5 million of residential mortgage loans, compared to $167.3 million for 2011, as part of its ongoing strategy of generally selling 30-year residential mortgage loans.

Gains on sales of securities of $0.3 million for 2012 decreased from $3.7 million for 2011. During 2011, the Corporation recognized a $3.4 million gain relating to the sale of a $3.9 million U.S. government agency security and $83.7 million of mortgage-backed securities. These sales were made in conjunction with debt prepayments that were completed to better position the balance sheet.

Income from BOLI of $6.5 million for 2012 increased $1.3 million or 24.9% from 2011 as a result of policies acquired from Parkvale and management actions designed to improve performance.

Other income was $10.9 million for 2012 compared to $9.0 million for 2011. During 2012, the Corporation recognized a $0.7 million gain relating to the successful harvesting of mezzanine financing relationships by the Corporation’s merchant banking subsidiary. Also during 2012, the Corporation recognized $0.5 million more in dividends on non-marketable equity securities and $0.7 million more in recoveries on impaired loans acquired in acquisitions prior to 2009. Additionally, the Corporation recognized $0.3 million

56

more swap-related revenue during 2012. The Corporation’s interest rate swap program is designed for larger commercial customers who desire fixed rate loans while the Corporation benefits from a variable rate asset, thereby helping to reduce volatility in its net interest income. During 2012, the Corporation recognized a $1.7 million loss on the sale of branches as part of accelerating its branch consolidation project, partially offset by a $1.4 million gain on sale of the former headquarters building of a previously acquired bank.

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expense of $318.6 million for 2012 increased $35.1 million or 12.4% from 2011. The variances in the individual non-interest expense items are further explained in the following paragraphs, with an overriding theme of the expense increases being primarily related to the branch offices and operations acquired from Parkvale.

Salaries and employee benefits of $168.2 million for 2012 increased $18.4 million or 12.3% from 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to the Parkvale acquisition as well as merit increases and higher profitability and performance-based accruals for incentive compensation given increased financial results. Additionally, the Corporation recorded a net charge of $0.6 million in 2012 for severance and other items relating to a former executive.

Occupancy and equipment expense of $46.9 million for 2012 increased $6.1 million or 14.8% from 2011, resulting from higher expenses associated with the Parkvale locations.

Amortization of intangibles expense of $8.9 million for 2012 increased $1.9 million or 26.8% from 2011 due to additional intangible balances from the Parkvale acquisition.

Outside services expense of $28.0 million for 2012 increased $6.2 million or 28.4% from 2011, primarily resulting from increases of $1.5 million related to legal expense, $1.4 million related to check card expenses, $1.1 related to data processing services, $0.4 million related to director fees and $1.0 million relating to other services. These increases were primarily due to the Parkvale acquisition.

FDIC insurance of $8.1 million for 2012 increased slightly from $8.0 million for 2011 primarily due the increased assessment asset base from the Parkvale acquisition.

Supplies expense of $6.4 million for 2012 increased $1.5 million or 30.4% from 2011 resulting from the higher expenses associated with the Parkvale locations.

State tax expense of $6.2 million for 2012 decreased $0.8 million or 11.7% from 2011, primarily due to utilizing state tax credits.

Loan-related expense of $3.4 million for 2012 decreased $2.0 million or 37.2% from 2011, primarily due to lower expenses resulting from the reduction of the Florida commercial real estate loan portfolio.

OREO expense of $3.3 million for 2012 decreased $1.9 million or 37.4% from 2011 primarily due to a $1.5 million recovery on a Florida property sale combined with higher property maintenance costs during 2011 associated with the Florida commercial real estate portfolio.

Telephone expense of $5.7 million for 2012 increased $0.7 million or 14.9% from 2011, primarily due to additional locations from the Parkvale acquisition.

Advertising and promotional expense of $5.0 million for 2012 decreased $1.4 million or 21.7% from 2011, primarily due to continued expense control.

57

The Corporation recorded $7.4 million in merger-related costs associated with the Parkvale acquisition, including related branch consolidation costs, during 2012. Merger-related costs recorded during 2011 in conjunction with the Parkvale and CBI acquisitions were $5.0 million.

Other non-interest expense increased to $21.1 million for 2012 from $17.2 million for 2011. During 2012, the Corporation recorded $3.0 million in litigation costs to establish a settlement fund to resolve a class action matter. The Corporation also recognized $0.5 million more in postage, primarily resulting from the Parkvale acquisition. Additionally, miscellaneous losses increased $0.5 million due to check losses, donations increased $0.5 million due to the timing of annual contributions to support corporate causes, insurance benefit expense increased $0.6 million as a result of an adjustment related to Regency and business development expense increased $0.4 million. During 2011, the Corporation recorded a charge of $3.3 million associated with the prepayment of certain higher-cost borrowings to better position the balance sheet.

Income Taxes

The Corporation’s income tax expense of $43.8 million for 2012 increased $11.8 million or 36.8% from 2011. The effective tax rate of 28.4% for 2012 increased from 26.9% for 2011, reflecting the impact of higher pre-tax income. Both periods’ tax rates are lower than the 35.0% federal statutory tax rate due to the tax benefits primarily resulting from tax-exempt income on investments, loans and BOLI, as well as tax credits.

Liquidity

The Corporation’s goal in liquidity management is to satisfy the cash flow requirements of customers and the operating cash needs of the Corporation with cost-effective funding. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has established an Asset/Liability Management Policy in order to achieve and maintain earnings performance consistent with long-term goals while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate risk, a “well-capitalized” balance sheet and adequate levels of liquidity. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has also established a Contingency Funding Policy to address liquidity crisis conditions. These policies designate the Corporate Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) as the body responsible for meeting these objectives. The ALCO, which includes members of executive management, reviews liquidity on a periodic basis and approves significant changes in strategies that affect balance sheet or cash flow positions. Liquidity is centrally managed on a daily basis by the Corporation’s Treasury Department.

FNBPA generates liquidity from its normal business operations. Liquidity sources from assets include payments from loans and investments as well as the ability to securitize, pledge or sell loans, investment securities and other assets. Liquidity sources from liabilities are generated primarily through the banking offices of FNBPA in the form of deposits and customer repurchase agreements. The Corporation also has access to reliable and cost-effective wholesale sources of liquidity. Short- and long-term funds can be acquired to help fund normal business operations, as well as to serve as contingency funding in the event that the Corporation would be faced with a liquidity crisis.

The principal sources of the parent company’s liquidity are its strong existing cash resources plus dividends it receives from its subsidiaries. These dividends may be impacted by the parent’s or its subsidiaries’ capital needs, statutory laws and regulations, corporate policies, contractual restrictions, profitability and other factors. Cash on hand at the parent at December 31, 2013 was $145.9 million compared to $114.7 million at December 31, 2012. Cash on hand increased during 2013 primarily as a result of the capital offering, raising net proceeds of $161.3 million by issuing preferred and common equity. This was offset as $115.0 million of Corporation-issued TPS were redeemed by the Corporation and $15.0 million of Corporation-issued TPS were repurchased at a discount by the Corporation, and the related debt extinguished. The $115.0 million redemption was completed in conjunction with the preferred and common capital raises during the fourth quarter of 2013. The $15.0 million repurchase was opportunistically purchased at auction in the second quarter and represents a portion of the underlying collateral of a pooled TPS that was liquidated by the trustee.

58

Management believes cash levels for the Corporation are appropriate given the current environment. Two metrics that are used to gauge the adequacy of the parent company’s cash position are the LCR and Months of Cash on Hand (MCH). The LCR is defined as the sum of cash on hand plus projected cash inflows over the next 12 months divided by cash outflows over the next 12 months. The LCR was 2.2 times at December 31, 2013 and 2.5 times at December 31, 2012. The internal limit for LCR is for the ratio to be greater than 1.0 time. The MCH is defined as the number of months of corporate expenses that can be covered by the cash on hand. The MCH was 15.2 months at December 31, 2013 and 16.2 months at December 31, 2012. The internal limit for MCH is for the ratio to be greater than 12 months. In addition, the Corporation issues subordinated notes on a regular basis. Subordinated notes decreased $1.1 million or 0.5% during 2013 to $214.1 million at December 31, 2013.

The liquidity position of the Corporation continues to be strong as evidenced by its ability to generate growth in relationship-based accounts. Average transaction deposits and customer repurchase agreements organically grew $562.2 million, or 7.9% for 2013, and represent 76.4% of total deposits and customer repurchase agreements at December 31, 2013. Average total deposits and customer repurchase agreements organically increased $238.3 million or 2.4% for 2013 as the solid growth in lower cost, relationship-based accounts was offset by a continued planned decline in time deposits. Average time deposits declined $323.9 million or 12.0%, reflecting the plan to reduce these accounts due to the Corporation’s strong liquidity position and customers shifting to lower cost transactional products.

FNBPA had unused wholesale credit availability of $4.8 billion or 35.6% of bank assets at December 31, 2013 and $4.0 billion or 34.1% of bank assets at December 31, 2012. These sources include the availability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), the FRB, correspondent bank lines and access to brokered certificates of deposit. In addition to credit availability, FNBPA also possesses salable unpledged government and agency securities which could be sold to meet funding needs. These securities totaled $533.1 million, or 4.0% of total assets and $729.9 million, or 6.2% of total assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The ALCO Policy minimum level is 3.0%.

Another metric for measuring liquidity risk is the liquidity gap analysis. The following liquidity gap analysis (in thousands) for the Corporation as of December 31, 2013 compares the difference between cash flows from existing assets and liabilities over future time intervals. Management seeks to limit the size of the liquidity gaps so that sources and uses of funds are reasonably matched in the normal course of business. A reasonably matched position lays a better foundation for dealing with the additional funding needs during a potential liquidity crisis. The twelve-month cumulative gap to total assets was (1.1)% and 2.6% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

	Within 1  Month			2-3 Months			4-6 Months			7-12 Months			Total 1 Year
Assets
Loans	$	264,538		$	448,137		$	573,025		$	1,028,978		$	2,314,678
Investments		41,327			53,253			80,041			186,616			361,237
		305,865			501,390			653,066			1,215,594			2,675,915
Liabilities
Non-maturity deposits		69,144			138,288			207,432			414,864			829,728
Time deposits		140,056			294,488			414,164			617,195			1,465,903
Borrowings		297,872			54,934			59,534			118,425			530,765
		507,072			487,710			681,130			1,150,484			2,826,396
Period Gap (Assets - Liabilities)	$	(201,207	)	$	13,680		$	(28,064	)	$	65,110		$	(150,481	)
Cumulative Gap	$	(201,207	)	$	(187,527	)	$	(215,591	)	$	(150,481	)
Cumulative Gap to Total Assets		(1.5	)%		(1.4	)%		(1.6	)%		(1.1	)%

59

In addition, the ALCO regularly monitors various liquidity ratios and stress scenarios of the Corporation’s liquidity position. The stress scenarios forecast that adequate funding will be available even under severe conditions. Management believes the Corporation has sufficient liquidity available to meet its normal operating and contingency funding cash needs.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices (also, for additional discussion of risks associated with changes in economic conditions and market rates, refer to the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A of this Report). The Corporation is primarily exposed to interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit-taking activities as a financial intermediary. To succeed in this capacity, the Corporation offers an extensive variety of financial products to meet the diverse needs of its customers. These products sometimes contribute to interest rate risk for the Corporation when product groups do not complement one another. For example, depositors may want short-term deposits while borrowers desire long-term loans.

Changes in market interest rates may result in changes in the fair value of the Corporation’s financial instruments, cash flows and net interest income. The ALCO is responsible for market risk management which involves devising policy guidelines, risk measures and limits, and managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. The Corporation uses derivative financial instruments for interest rate risk management purposes and not for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest rate risk is comprised of repricing risk, basis risk, yield curve risk and options risk. Repricing risk arises from differences in the cash flow or repricing between asset and liability portfolios. Basis risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different market rate indexes, which do not always change by the same amount. Yield curve risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different maturities on a given yield curve; when the yield curve changes shape, the risk position is altered. Options risk arises from “embedded options” within asset and liability products as certain borrowers have the option to prepay their loans when rates fall while certain depositors can redeem their certificates of deposit early when rates rise.

The Corporation uses an asset/liability model to measure its interest rate risk. Interest rate risk measures utilized by the Corporation include earnings simulation, economic value of equity (EVE) and gap analysis.

Gap analysis and EVE are static measures that do not incorporate assumptions regarding future business. Gap analysis, while a helpful diagnostic tool, displays cash flows for only a single rate environment. EVE’s long-term horizon helps identify changes in optionality and longer-term positions. However, EVE’s liquidation perspective does not translate into the earnings-based measures that are the focus of managing and valuing a going concern. Net interest income simulations explicitly measure the exposure to earnings from changes in market rates of interest. In these simulations, the Corporation’s current financial position is combined with assumptions regarding future business to calculate net interest income under various hypothetical rate scenarios. The ALCO reviews earnings simulations over multiple years under various interest rate scenarios on a periodic basis. Reviewing these various measures provides the Corporation with a comprehensive view of its interest rate risk profile.

60

The following repricing gap analysis (in thousands) as of December 31, 2013 compares the difference between the amount of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities subject to repricing over a period of time. Management utilizes the repricing gap analysis as a diagnostic tool in managing net interest income and EVE risk measures.

	Within 1 Month			2-3 Months			4-6 Months			7-12 Months			Total 1 Year
Assets
Loans	$	3,181,304		$	947,159		$	517,424		$	874,247		$	5,520,134
Investments		105,980			55,425			98,835			194,885			455,125
		3,287,284			1,002,584			616,259			1,069,132			5,975,259
Liabilities
Non-maturity deposits		2,372,986			—			—			—			2,372,986
Time deposits		147,878			296,106			414,755			617,629			1,476,368
Borrowings		1,096,709			44,491			11,620			22,596			1,175,416
		3,617,573			340,597			426,375			640,225			5,024,770
Off-balance sheet		(200,000	)		—			—			—			(200,000	)
Period Gap (assets – liabilities + off-balance sheet)	$	(530,289	)	$	661,987		$	189,884		$	428,907		$	750,489
Cumulative Gap	$	(530,289	)	$	131,698		$	321,582		$	750,489
Cumulative Gap to Assets		(3.9	)%		1.0	%		2.4	%		5.5	%

The twelve-month cumulative repricing gap to total assets was 5.5% and 9.4% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The positive cumulative gap positions indicate that the Corporation has a greater amount of repricing earning assets than repricing interest-bearing liabilities over the subsequent twelve months. If interest rates increase then net interest income will increase and, conversely, if interest rates decrease then net interest income will decrease.

The allocation of non-maturity deposits and customer repurchase agreements to the one-month maturity category above is based on the estimated sensitivity of each product to changes in market rates. For example, if a product’s rate is estimated to increase by 50% as much as the market rates, then 50% of the account balance was placed in this category.

The following net interest income metrics were calculated using rate shocks which move market rates in an immediate and parallel fashion. The variance percentages represent the change between the net interest income or EVE calculated under the particular rate scenario versus the net interest income or EVE that was calculated assuming market rates as of December 31, 2013.

61

The following table presents an analysis of the potential sensitivity of the Corporation’s net interest income and EVE to changes in interest rates:

	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			ALCO Limits
Net interest income change (12 months):
+  300 basis points		3.5	%		6.1	%		n/a
+  200 basis points		2.5	%		4.7	%		(5.0	)%
+  100 basis points		1.1	%		2.5	%		(5.0	)%
–  100 basis points		(2.1	)%		(2.8	)%		(5.0	)%
Economic value of equity:
+  300 basis points		(2.5	)%		4.5	%		(25.0	)%
+  200 basis points		(1.5	)%		4.5	%		(15.0	)%
+  100 basis points		(0.5	)%		3.3	%		(10.0	)%
–  100 basis points		(4.3	)%		(10.2	)%		(10.0	)%

The Corporation also models rate scenarios which move all rates gradually over twelve months (Rate Ramps) and also scenarios that gradually change the shape of the yield curve. A +300 basis point Rate Ramp increases net interest income (12 months) by 2.5% at December 31, 2013 and 4.6% at December 31, 2012.

The Corporation’s strategy is generally to manage to a neutral interest rate risk position. However, given the current interest rate environment, the interest rate risk position has been managed to an asset-sensitive position. Currently, rising rates are expected to have a modest, positive effect on net interest income versus net interest income if rates remained unchanged. The Corporation has maintained a relatively stable net interest margin over the last five years despite market rate volatility.

The ALCO utilized several tactics to manage the Corporation’s current interest rate risk position. As mentioned earlier, the growth in transaction deposits provides funding that is less interest rate-sensitive than time deposits and wholesale borrowings. On the lending side, the Corporation regularly sells long-term fixed-rate residential mortgages to the secondary market and has been successful in the origination of consumer and commercial loans with short-term repricing characteristics. Total variable and adjustable-rate loans were 58.7% and 59.6% of total loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This decrease was mainly due to the acquisitions of ANNB and PVF. The investment portfolio is used, in part, to manage the Corporation’s interest rate risk position. The Corporation has managed the duration of its investment portfolio to be slightly longer given the asset sensitive nature of its balance sheet. At December 31, 2013, the portfolio duration was 3.3 versus a 2.7 level at December 31, 2012. Finally, the Corporation has made use of interest rate swaps to commercial borrowers (commercial swaps) to manage its interest rate risk position as the commercial swaps effectively increase adjustable-rate loans. The commercial swaps currently total $827.3 million of notional principal, with $147.8 million in notional swap principal originated during 2013. The success of the aforementioned tactics has resulted in an asset-sensitive position. During the second and third quarters of 2013, long-term interest rates increased substantially causing cash flows from certain mortgage-related portfolios to lengthen, which contributed to a reduction in the asset-sensitive interest rate risk position during the fourth quarter of 2013. The addition of ANNB and PVF also contributed to the change in the interest rate risk position as well as a slight increase in the use of overnight borrowings. In order to manage the interest rate risk position and generate incremental earnings, between December 2012 and August 2013 the Corporation entered into four separate interest rate derivative agreements totaling $200.0 million of notional principal in swaps which pay a variable interest rate and receive a fixed interest rate. For additional information regarding interest rate swaps, see the Derivative Instruments footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

The Corporation recognizes that all asset/liability models have some inherent shortcomings. Asset/liability models require certain assumptions to be made, such as prepayment rates on interest earning assets and repricing impact on non-maturity deposits, which may differ from actual experience. These business assumptions

62

are based upon the Corporation’s experience, business plans and available industry data. While management believes such assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that modeled results will be achieved. Furthermore, the metrics are based upon the balance sheet structure as of the valuation date and do not reflect the planned growth or management actions that could be taken.

Risk Management

The Corporation’s Board of Directors recognizes that, as a financial institution, the Corporation takes on a certain amount of risk in every business decision, transaction and activity. The Corporation’s Board of Directors and management have identified six major categories of risk: credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, reputational risk, operational risk and regulatory compliance risk. In its oversight role of the Corporation’s risk management function, the Board of Directors is mindful that risk management is not about eliminating risk, but rather is about identifying, accepting and managing risks so as to optimize total shareholder value, while balancing prudent business considerations and safety and soundness.

The Corporation supports its risk management process through a governance structure involving its Board of Directors and senior management. The Corporation’s Risk Committee helps ensure that business decisions in the organization are executed within its desired risk profile. The Risk Committee has the following oversight responsibilities:

• identification, measurement, assessment and monitoring of enterprise-wide risk across the Corporation and its subsidiaries;

• development of appropriate and meaningful risk metrics to use in connection with the oversight of the Corporation’s businesses and strategies;

• review and assessment of the Corporation’s policies and practices to manage the Corporation’s credit, market, liquidity and operating risk (including technology, operational, compliance and fiduciary risks); and

• identification and implementation of risk management best practices.

The Risk Committee serves as the primary point of contact between the Corporation’s Board of Directors and the FNBPA Risk Management Committee, which is the senior management level committee responsible for FNBPA’s risk management.

As noted above, the Corporation’s principal subsidiary, FNBPA, has a Risk Management Committee comprised of senior management. The purpose of this committee is to provide regular oversight of specific areas of risk with respect to the level of risk and risk management structure. The FNBPA Risk Management Committee reports on a regular basis to the Corporation’s Risk Committee regarding the enterprise-wide risk profile of the Corporation and other significant risk management issues. The Corporation’s Chief Risk Officer is responsible for the design and implementation of the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk management strategy and framework and ensures the coordinated and consistent implementation of risk management initiatives and strategies on a day-to-day basis. FNBPA’s Compliance Department, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for developing policies and procedures and monitoring FNBPA’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Further, the Corporation’s audit function performs an independent assessment of the Corporation’s internal control environment and plays an integral role in testing the operation of internal control systems and reporting findings to management and the Corporation’s Audit Committee. Both the Corporation’s Risk Committee and Audit Committee regularly report on risk-related matters to the Corporation’s Board of Directors. In addition, both the Corporation’s Risk Committee and FNBPA’s Risk Management Committee regularly assess the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk profile and provide guidance on actions needed to address key and emerging risk issues.

63

The Board of Directors believes that the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk management process is effective since it includes the following material components:

• enables the Board of Directors to assess the quality of the information it receives;

• enables the Board of Directors to understand the businesses, investments and financial, accounting, regulatory and strategic considerations of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and the risks that they face;

• enables the Board of Directors to oversee and assess how senior management evaluates risk; and

• enables the Board of Directors to assess appropriately the quality of the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk management process.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The following table sets forth contractual obligations of principal that represent required and potential cash outflows as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Within 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		After 5 Years		Total
Deposits without a stated maturity	$	7,592,159	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	7,592,159
Certificates and other time deposits		1,499,828		765,472		305,129		35,644		2,606,073
Operating leases		9,994		16,512		12,676		26,873		66,055
Long-term debt		28,546		98,432		13,522		34,28		143,928
	$	9,130,527	$	880,416	$	331,327	$	65,945	$	10,408,215

The following table sets forth the amounts and expected maturities of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Within 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		After 5 Years		Total
Commitments to extend credit	$	2,617,006	$	60,538	$	72,336	$	147,868	$	2,897,748
Standby letters of credit		35,435		24,301		356		54,205		114,298
	$	2,652,442	$	84,839	$	72,692	$	202,073	$	3,012,046

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements because while the borrower has the ability to draw upon these commitments at any time, these commitments often expire without being drawn upon. Additionally, a significant portion of these commitments can be terminated by the Corporation. For additional information relating to commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, see the Commitments, Credit Risk and Contingencies footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Lending Activity

The loan portfolio consists principally of loans to individuals and small- and medium-sized businesses within the Corporation’s primary market area of Pennsylvania, eastern Ohio, Maryland and northern West Virginia. The commercial real estate portfolio also includes run-off loans in Florida, which totaled $39.4 million or 0.4% of total loans at December 31, 2013, compared to $68.6 million or 0.8% of total loans at December 31, 2012. Additionally, the total loan portfolio contains consumer finance loans to individuals in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Tennessee and Kentucky, which totaled $180.0 million or 1.9% of total loans at December 31, 2013, compared to $171.0 million or 2.1% of total loans at December 31, 2012. Due to the relative size of the consumer finance loan portfolio, they are not segregated from other consumer loans.

64

Following is a summary of loans (in thousands):

December 31	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
Commercial real estate	$	3,245,209	$	2,707,046	$	2,495,727	$	2,256,400	$	2,303,126
Commercial and industrial		1,881,474		1,602,314		1,363,692		1,081,592		931,612
Commercial leases		158,895		130,133		110,795		79,429		57,255
Commercial loans and leases		5,285,578		4,439,493		3,970,214		3,417,421		3,291,993
Direct installment		1,467,236		1,178,530		1,029,187		1,002,725		985,746
Residential mortgages		1,086,739		1,092,228		670,936		622,242		605,219
Indirect installment		655,587		582,037		540,789		514,369		527,818
Consumer lines of credit		965,771		805,494		607,280		493,881		408,469
Other		45,183		39,937		38,261		37,517		30,116
	$	9,506,094	$	8,137,719	$	6,856,667	$	6,088,155	$	5,849,361

Commercial real estate includes both owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied loans secured by commercial properties. Commercial and industrial includes loans to businesses that are not secured by real estate. Commercial leases consist of loans for new or used equipment. Direct installment is comprised of fixed-rate, closed-end consumer loans for personal, family or household use, such as home equity loans and automobile loans. Residential mortgages consist of conventional and jumbo mortgage loans for non-commercial properties. Indirect installment is comprised of loans originated by third parties and underwritten by the Corporation, primarily automobile loans. Consumer lines of credit include home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and consumer lines of credit that are either unsecured or secured by collateral other than home equity. Other is comprised primarily of mezzanine loans and student loans.

Additional information relating to originated and acquired loans is provided in the Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Total loans increased $1,368.4 million or 16.8% to $9.5 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $8.1 billion at December 31, 2012. This increase was due to a combination of $256.2 million and $512.6 million in loans from the ANNB and PVF acquisitions, respectively, and solid organic growth, particularly commercial loans and leases, direct installment and consumer lines of credit.

Total loans increased $1,281.1 million or 18.7% to $8.1 billion at December 31, 2012, compared to $6.9 billion at December 31, 2011. This increase was due to a combination of $919.5 million in loans from the Parkvale acquisition and solid organic growth, particularly in commercial loans and leases and consumer lines of credit.

Total loans increased $768.5 million or 12.6% to $6.9 billion at December 31, 2011, compared to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2010. This increase was due to a combination of $445.3 million in loans from the CBI acquisition and solid organic growth in all loan classes, particularly in commercial loans and leases and consumer lines of credit.

As of December 31, 2013, 43.1% of the commercial real estate loans were owner-occupied, while the remaining 56.9% were non-owner-occupied, compared to 46.5% and 53.5%, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation had commercial construction loans of $252.8 million and $190.2 million, respectively, representing 2.7% and 2.3% of total loans, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no concentrations of loans relating to any industry in excess of 10% of total loans.

65

Following is a summary of the maturity distribution of certain loan categories based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Within 1 Year		1-5 Years		Over 5 Years		Total
Commercial loans and leases	$	407,987	$	1,867,981	$	3,009,610	$	5,285,578
Residential mortgages		5,857		30,931		1,049,951		1,086,739
	$	413,844	$	1,898,912	$	4,059,561	$	6,372,317

The total amount of loans due after one year includes $4.3 billion with floating or adjustable rates of interest and $1.6 billion with fixed rates of interest.

For additional information relating to lending activity, see the Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Non-Performing Assets

Non-performing loans include non-accrual loans and non-performing troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). Past due loans are reviewed on a monthly basis to identify loans for non-accrual status. The Corporation places a loan on non-accrual status and discontinues interest accruals on originated loans generally when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for a certain number of days unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Commercial loans are placed on non-accrual at 90 days, installment loans are placed on non-accrual at 120 days and residential mortgages and consumer lines of credit are generally placed on non-accrual at 180 days. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all unpaid interest is reversed. Non-accrual loans may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and interest have been paid and the ultimate ability to collect the remaining principal and interest is reasonably assured. TDRs are loans in which the borrower has been granted a concession on the interest rate or the original repayment terms due to financial distress. Non-performing assets also include debt securities on which OTTI has been taken in the current or prior periods that have not been returned to accrual status.

Following is a summary of non-performing assets (dollars in thousands):

December 31	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
Non-accrual loans	$	58,756		$	66,004		$	94,335		$	115,589		$	133,891
Troubled debt restructurings		18,698			14,876			11,893			19,705			11,624
Total non-performing loans		77,453			80,880			106,228			135,294			145,515
Other real estate owned (OREO)		40,681			35,257			34,719			32,702			21,367
Total non-performing loans and OREO		118,134			116,137			140,947			167,996			166,882
Non-performing investments		797			2,809			8,972			5,974			4,825
Total non-performing assets	$	118,931		$	118,946		$	149,919		$	173,970		$	171,707
Non-performing loans/total loans		0.81	%		0.99	%		1.55	%		2.22	%		2.49	%
Non-performing loans + OREO/total loans + OREO		1.24	%		1.42	%		2.05	%		2.74	%		2.84	%
Non-performing assets/total assets		0.88	%		0.99	%		1.53	%		1.94	%		1.97	%

During 2013, non-performing loans and OREO increased $2.0 million, from $116.1 million at December 31, 2012 to $118.1 million at December 31, 2013. This increase reflects increases of $3.8 million and $5.4 million in TDRs and OREO, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $7.2 million in non-accrual loans. The increase in TDRs was primarily attributed to loans secured by residential mortgages. The increase in OREO was primarily due to the PVF acquisition. The decrease in non-accrual loans was primarily due to commercial real estate and other loans.

During 2012, non-performing loans and OREO decreased $24.8 million, from $140.9 million at December 31, 2011 to $116.1 million at December 31, 2012. The total decrease reflects a $28.3 million reduction in non-accrual loans, which was partially offset by a $3.0 million increase in TDRs. Non-accrual loans decreased

66

from $94.3 million at December 31, 2011 to $66.0 million at December 31, 2012, with the decrease primarily attributable to two non-accrual accounts in the Corporation’s Florida commercial real estate portfolio making significant principal payments during the year totaling $21.9 million.

Following is a summary of non-performing loans, by class (in thousands):

December 31	2013		2012		2011		2010
Commercial real estate	$	43,648	$	48,483	$	76,256	$	98,557
Commercial and industrial		6,683		6,099		6,956		9,808
Commercial leases		734		965		1,084		970
Total commercial loans and leases		51,065		55,547		84,296		109,335
Direct installment		10,577		8,541		7,163		10,734
Residential mortgages		14,012		11,415		9,544		13,600
Indirect installment		1,202		1,131		979		820
Consumer lines of credit		597		746		746		805
Other		—		3,500		3,500		—
	$	77,453	$	80,880	$	106,228	$	135,294

TDRs are loans whose contractual terms have been modified in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from loss mitigation activities and could include the extension of a maturity date, interest rate reduction, principal forgiveness, deferral or decrease in payments for a period of time and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral.

TDRs that are accruing and performing include loans that the Corporation can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and for which the Corporation expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. TDRs that are accruing and non-performing are comprised of loans that have not demonstrated a consistent repayment pattern on the modified terms for more than six months, however it is expected that the Corporation will collect all future principal and interest payments. TDRs that are on non-accrual are not placed on accruing status until all delinquent principal and interest have been paid and the ultimate ability to collect the remaining principal and interest is reasonably assured. Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as modified, and result in potential incremental losses which are factored into the allowance for loan losses estimate. Additional information related to the Corporation’s TDRs is included in the Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

67

Following is a summary of performing, non-performing and non-accrual TDRs, by class (in thousands):

	Performing		Non- Performing		Non-Accrual		Total
December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	24	$	2,688	$	10,435	$	13,147
Commercial and industrial		749		40		237		1,026
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		773		2,728		10,672		14,173
Direct installment		5,404		5,891		1,070		12,365
Residential mortgages		3,743		9,752		883		14,378
Indirect installment		—		142		80		22
Consumer lines of credit		300		185		—		485
Other		—		—		—		—
	$	10,220	$	18,698	$	12,705	$	41,623
December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	850	$	588	$	11,156	$	12,594
Commercial and industrial		775		82		283		1,140
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		1,625		670		11,439		13,734
Direct installment		5,613		5,199		749		11,561
Residential mortgages		5,401		8,524		107		14,032
Indirect installment		—		92		90		182
Consumer lines of credit		20		391		—		411
Other		—		—		—		—
	$	12,659	$	14,876	$	12,385	$	39,920
December 31, 2011
Commercial real estate	$	803	$	—	$	10,510	$	11,313
Commercial and industrial		800		—		214		1,014
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		1,603		—		10,724		12,327
Direct installment		4,987		4,638		103		9,728
Residential mortgages		3,419		7,101		—		10,520
Indirect installment		—		61		—		61
Consumer lines of credit		122		93		—		215
Other		—		—		—		—
	$	10,131	$	11,893	$	10,827	$	32,851
December 31, 2010
Commercial real estate		—	$	822	$	19,333	$	20,155
Commercial and industrial		—		819		39		858
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		—		1,641		19,372		21,013
Direct installment		—		7,449		100		7,549
Residential mortgages		—		10,328		155		10,483
Indirect installment		—		70		—		70
Consumer lines of credit		—		217		—		217
Other		—		—		—		—
		—	$	19,705	$	19,627	$	39,332

68

Following is a summary of loans 90 days or more past due on which interest accruals continue (dollars in thousands):

December 31	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
Loans 90 days or more past due	$	53,794		$	43,291		$	18,131		$	8,634		$	12,471
As a percentage of total loans		0.57	%		0.53	%		0.26	%		0.14	%		0.21	%

The annual increases in loans 90 days or more past due and accruing were primarily the result of acquisitions. Acquired loans that are 90 days or more past due were considered to be accruing since the Corporation can reasonably estimate future cash flows and it expects to fully collect the carrying value of these loans. The acquired loans were discounted and marked to market with interest income recognized via accretion in accordance with GAAP.

Following is a table showing the amounts of contractual interest income and actual interest income related to non-accrual loans and non-performing TDRs (in thousands):

December 31	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
Gross interest income:
Per contractual terms	$	9,221	$	8,646	$	13,540	$	7,827	$	8,788
Recorded during the year		559		369		351		337		364

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at a specific point in time. This estimate includes losses associated with specifically identified loans, as well as estimated probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio. Additions are made to the allowance for loan losses through both periodic provisions charged to income and recoveries of losses previously recorded. Reductions to the allowance for loan losses occur as loans are charged off. Additional information related to the Corporation’s policy for its allowance for loan losses is included in the Application of Critical Accounting Policies section of this financial review and in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

69

Following is a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses related to loans (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
Balance at beginning of period	$	104,374		$	100,662		$	106,120		$	104,655		$	104,730
Additions due to acquisitions		—			—			—			—			16
Charge-offs:
Commercial loans and leases		(11,021	)		(17,295	)		(25,227	)		(30,315	)		(52,850	)
Direct installment		(9,059	)		(7,875	)		(8,874	)		(10,431	)		(8,907	)
Residential mortgages		(1,345	)		(1,050	)		(1,261	)		(1,387	)		(1,288	)
Indirect installment		(3,337	)		(2,926	)		(2,957	)		(3,345	)		(3,881	)
Consumer lines of credit		(1,974	)		(2,137	)		(2,110	)		(1,841	)		(1,444	)
Other		(965	)		(1,039	)		(1,194	)		(1,270	)		(1,297	)
Purchased impaired loans		(299	)		—			(208	)		—			—
Other acquired loans		(2,530	)		(254	)		—			—			—
Total charge-offs		(30,530	)		(32,576	)		(41,831	)		(48,589	)		(69,667	)
Recoveries:
Commercial loans and leases		4,086			2,682			1,037			808			912
Direct installment		931			942			876			1,015			1,024
Residential mortgages		162			194			67			99			69
Indirect installment		773			605			501			640			625
Consumer lines of credit		274			534			213			160			122
Other		—			14			31			9			22
Purchased impaired loans		—			—			7			—			—
Other acquired loans		(376	)		315			—			—			—
Total recoveries		5,850			4,986			2,732			2,731			2,774
Net charge-offs		(24,680	)		(27,590	)		(39,099	)		(45,858	)		(66,893	)
Provision for loan losses		31,090			31,302			33,641			47,323			66,802
Balance at end of period	$	110,784		$	104,374		$	100,662		$	106,120		$	104,655
Net loan charge-offs/average loans		0.28	%		0.35	%		0.58	%		0.77	%		1.15	%
Allowance for loan losses/total loans		1.17	%		1.28	%		1.47	%		1.74	%		1.79	%
Allowance for loan losses/ non-performing loans		135.42	%		123.88	%		94.76	%		78.44	%		71.92	%

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013 increased $6.4 million or 6.1% from December 31, 2012 as the provision for loans losses for 2013 of $31.1 million covered net charge-offs of $24.7 million, with the remainder supporting loan growth and incurred losses in the originated loan and acquired portfolios.

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012 increased $3.7 million or 3.7% from December 31, 2011 as the provision for loan losses for 2012 of $31.3 million exceeded net charge-offs of $27.6 million, with the remainder of the provision supporting loan growth. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 decreased $5.5 million or 5.1% from December 31, 2010 as net charge-offs for 2011 of $39.1 million exceeded the provision for loan losses of $33.6 million as a result of the Corporation utilizing previously established reserves. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 increased $1.5 million or 1.4% from December 31, 2009 as the provision for loan losses for 2010 of $47.3 million exceeded net charge-offs of $45.9 million.

The Corporation’s commercial portfolio experienced significant losses from 2009 through 2011 related to its Florida portfolio due to continued declines in the real estate values and unstable economic conditions in that market during that time. The Corporation continues to conduct annual independent third-party property appraisals on all Florida loans secured by vacant land or land development projects as part of its ongoing monitoring of the trends in the Florida real estate market. Throughout the year, management monitors the real

70

estate values in Florida through financial statement review, the review of property appraisals and monitoring real estate transactions in the market, and charge-offs are taken on specific loans based on the updated valuations in the normal course of business. The commercial real estate portfolio in Florida totaled $39.4 million or 0.4% of total loans at December 31, 2013, compared to $68.6 million or 0.8% of total loans at December 31, 2012.

Following is a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan losses (dollars in thousands):

	Dec 31, 2013		% of Loans in  each Category  to Total Loans			Dec 31, 2012		% of Loans in  each Category  to Total Loans			Dec 31, 2011		% of Loans in each Category to Total Loans			Dec 31, 2010		% of Loans in  each Category to Total Loans			Dec. 31, 2009		% of Loans in each Category to Total Loans
Commercial loans and leases	$	67,054		48	%	$	68,403		51	%	$	70,315		58	%	$	75,676		56	%	$	74,934		56	%
Direct installment		17,824		15			15,130		14			14,814		15			14,941		17			14,707		17
Residential mortgages		5,836		7			5,155		8			4,436		10			4,578		10			4,204		10
Indirect installment		6,409		7			5,449		7			5,503		8			5,941		8			6,204		9
Consumer lines of credit		7,231		9			6,057		9			5,448		9			4,743		8			4,176		7
Other		530		—			—		—			146		—			241		1			430		1
Total originated loans		104,884		86			100,194		89			100,662		100			106,120		100			104,655		100
Purchased credit- impaired loans		1,000		—			759		—			—		—			—		—			—		—
Other acquired loans		4,900		14			3,421		11			—		—			—		—			—		—
	$	110,784		100	%	$	104,374		100	%	$	100,662		100	%	$	106,120		100	%	$	104,655		100	%

During 2013, the allowance for loan losses allocated to residential mortgages and consumer loans (direct installment, indirect installment and consumer lines of credit) increased to support organic loan growth. Positive asset quality results in the commercial loan portfolio outpaced loan provisions for organic growth, resulting in the allowance for loan losses allocated to that portfolio to decrease. The amount of the allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans increased during the year primarily as a result of some deterioration in a few small business pools within the CBI and Parkvale portfolios.

During 2012, the allowance for loan losses allocated to residential mortgages and consumer lines of credit increased to support organic loan growth, which was partially offset by a decrease in the Corporation’s commercial portfolio due to the change in composition within the commercial real estate portfolio. The amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated to acquired loan activities increased during the year as a result of the addition of the Parkvale portfolio.

During 2011, the allowance for loan losses allocated to commercial loans decreased primarily due to the utilization of reserves held for the Florida portfolio following charge-offs of $14.1 million during the year. Additionally, the allowance for loan losses allocated to consumer lines of credit increased during 2011 in relation to growth in the Corporation’s HELOC portfolio.

71

Investment Activity

Investment activities serve to enhance net interest income while supporting interest rate sensitivity and liquidity positions. Securities purchased with the intent and ability to hold until maturity are categorized as securities held to maturity and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are categorized as securities available for sale and are recorded at fair value. Securities, like loans, are subject to similar interest rate and credit risk. In addition, by their nature, securities classified as available for sale are also subject to fair value risks that could negatively affect the level of liquidity available to the Corporation, as well as stockholders’ equity. A change in the value of securities held to maturity could also negatively affect the level of stockholders’ equity if there was a decline in the underlying creditworthiness of the issuers and an OTTI is deemed to have occurred or if there was a change in the Corporation’s intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity.

As of December 31, 2013, securities totaling $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion were classified as available for sale and held to maturity, respectively. During 2013, securities available for sale decreased by $33.0 million and securities held to maturity increased by $92.6 million from December 31, 2012. The Corporation classified certain securities acquired in conjunction with the Parkvale, ANNB and PVF acquisitions as trading securities. The Corporation both acquired and sold these trading securities during the quarters in which the acquisitions occurred. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation did not hold any trading securities.

The following table indicates the respective maturities and weighted-average yields of securities as of December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

	Amount		Weighted Average Yield
Obligations of U.S. Treasury:
Maturing after ten years	$	503		5.61	%
Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored entities:
Maturing after one year but within five years		307,499		1.11
Maturing after five years but within ten years		63,528		1.42
Maturing after ten years		3,280		2.16
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions:
Maturing within one year		3,376		4.66
Maturing after one year but within five years		8,850		4.58
Maturing after five years but within ten years		64,704		5.39
Maturing after ten years		72,234		5.51
Collateralized debt obligations:
Maturing after ten years		31,595		9.78
Other debt securities:
Maturing after one year but within five years		10,150		3.30
Maturing after ten years		5,950		2.59
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		879,562		2.58
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		876,607		1.68
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		8,614		4.43
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		2,241		3.75
Equity securities		2,126		4.77
Total	$	2,340,819		2.31

The weighted average yields for tax-exempt securities are computed on a FTE basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0%. The weighted average yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.

72

For additional information relating to investment activity, see the Securities footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Deposits and Short-Term Borrowings

As a bank holding company, the Corporation’s primary source of funds is deposits. These deposits are provided by businesses, municipalities and individuals located within the markets served by the Corporation’s Community Banking subsidiary.

Total deposits increased $1.1 billion to $10.2 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of the ANNB and PVF acquisitions combined with an organic increase in transaction accounts, which are comprised of non-interest bearing, savings and NOW accounts (which includes money market deposit accounts). The increase in transaction accounts is a result of the Corporation’s ongoing marketing campaigns designed to attract new customers to the Corporation’s local approach to banking, combined with higher balances being carried by existing customers.

Short-term borrowings, made up of customer repurchase agreements (also referred to as securities sold under repurchase agreements), federal funds purchased and subordinated notes, increased $158.1 million to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily the result of increases of $33.9 million and $130.0 million in customer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $5.8 million in other short-term borrowings. The increase in customer repurchase agreements is the result of the Corporation’s continued growth in new commercial client relationships.

Customer repurchase agreements are the largest component of short-term borrowings. The customer repurchase agreements, which have next day maturities, are sweep accounts utilized by larger commercial customers to earn interest on their funds. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, customer repurchase agreements represented 67.8% and 74.6%, respectively, of total short-term borrowings.

Following is a summary of selected information relating to customer repurchase agreements (dollars in thousands):

At or For the Year Ended December 31	2013			2012			2011
Balance at year-end	$	841,741		$	807,820		$	646,660
Maximum month-end balance		907,406			925,219			715,714
Average balance during year		794,436			792,131			637,351
Weighted average interest rates:
At year-end		0.23	%		0.28	%		0.39	%
During the year		0.23			0.32			0.50

For additional information relating to deposits and short-term borrowings, see the Deposits and Short-Term Borrowings footnotes in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report.

Capital Resources

The access to, and cost of, funding for new business initiatives, including acquisitions, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on the Corporation’s capital position.

The assessment of capital adequacy depends on a number of factors such as asset quality, liquidity, earnings performance, changing competitive conditions and economic forces. The Corporation seeks to maintain a strong capital base to support its growth and expansion activities, to provide stability to current operations and to promote public confidence.

73

The Corporation has an effective shelf registration statement filed with the SEC. Pursuant to this registration statement, the Corporation may, from time to time, issue and sell in one or more offerings any combination of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities or TPS. During November 2013, the Corporation issued 4,693,876 common shares and 4,435,080 Depositary Shares (representing a 1/40^th interest in the Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E) in public equity offerings under this registration statement. These equity offerings increased the Corporation’s capital by $161.3 million. The Corporation intends to use the proceeds from the offerings to proactively position itself for Basel III implementation, as discussed in the “Business” section of this Report, and to support future growth opportunities.

Capital management is a continuous process with capital plans and stress testing for the Corporation and FNBPA updated annually. These capital plans include assessing the adequacy of expected capital levels assuming various scenarios by projecting capital needs for a forecast period of 2-3 years beyond the current year. Both the Corporation and FNBPA are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. For additional information, see the Regulatory Matters footnote in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Report. From time to time, the Corporation issues shares initially acquired by the Corporation as treasury stock under its various benefit plans. The Corporation may continue to grow through acquisitions, which can potentially impact its capital position. The Corporation may issue additional preferred or common stock in order to maintain its well-capitalized status.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information called for by this item is provided in the Market Risk section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is included in Item 7 of this Report, and is incorporated herein by reference.

74

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Management on F.N.B. Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

February 28, 2014

F.N.B. Corporation’s (the Corporation) internal control over financial reporting is a process effected by the board of directors, management, and other personnel, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation of reliable financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. An entity’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the entity; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the entity are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the board of directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention, or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the entity’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992 framework). Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992 framework). Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

F.N.B. Corporation

/s/ Vincent J. Delie, Jr.

By: Vincent J. Delie, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Vincent J. Calabrese, Jr.

By: Vincent J. Calabrese, Jr.

Chief Financial Officer

75

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

F.N.B. Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the F.N.B. Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), F.N.B. Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated February 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 28, 2014

76

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

F.N.B. Corporation

We have audited F.N.B. Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). F.N.B. Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on F.N.B. Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, F.N.B. Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated February 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 28, 2014

77

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Dollars in thousands, except par values

	December 31
	2013			2012
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	197,534		$	216,233
Interest bearing deposits with banks		16,447			22,811
Cash and Cash Equivalents		213,981			239,044
Securities available for sale		1,141,650			1,172,683
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $1,189,563 and $1,143,213)		1,199,169			1,106,563
Residential mortgage loans held for sale		7,138			27,751
Loans, net of unearned income of $55,051 and $51,661		9,506,094			8,137,719
Allowance for loan losses		(110,784	)		(104,374	)
Net Loans		9,395,310			8,033,345
Premises and equipment, net		154,032			140,367
Goodwill		764,248			675,555
Core deposit and other intangible assets, net		47,608			37,851
Bank owned life insurance		289,402			246,088
Other assets		350,867			344,729
Total Assets	$	13,563,405		$	12,023,976
Liabilities
Deposits:
Non-interest bearing demand	$	2,200,081		$	1,738,195
Savings and NOW		5,392,078			4,808,121
Certificates and other time deposits		2,606,073			2,535,858
Total Deposits		10,198,232			9,082,174
Other liabilities		130,418			163,151
Short-term borrowings		1,241,239			1,083,138
Long-term debt		143,928			89,425
Junior subordinated debt		75,205			204,019
Total Liabilities		11,789,022			10,621,907
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock – $0.01 par value
Authorized – 20,000,000 shares
Issued – 110,877 and 0 shares		106,882			—
Common stock – $0.01 par value
Authorized – 500,000,000 shares
Issued – 159,624,796 and 140,314,846 shares		1,592			1,398
Additional paid-in capital		1,608,117			1,376,601
Retained earnings		121,870			75,312
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(56,924	)		(46,224	)
Treasury stock – 657,585 and 385,604 shares at cost		(7,154	)		(5,018	)
Total Stockholders’ Equity		1,774,383			1,402,069
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	13,563,405		$	12,023,976

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

78

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

Dollars in thousands, except per share data

	Year Ended December 31
	2013			2012			2011
Interest Income
Loans, including fees	$	390,983		$	377,802		$	341,268
Securities:
Taxable		43,504			46,839			41,956
Nontaxable		5,667			6,680			7,469
Dividends		103			375			157
Other		129			210			275
Total Interest Income		440,386			431,906			391,125
Interest Expense
Deposits		29,441			42,513			53,535
Short-term borrowings		4,423			5,162			6,711
Long-term debt		3,115			3,492			6,403
Junior subordinated debt		7,365			7,888			7,968
Total Interest Expense		44,344			59,055			74,617
Net Interest Income		396,042			372,851			316,508
Provision for loan losses		31,090			31,302			33,641
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses		364,952			341,549			282,867
Non-Interest Income
Impairment losses on securities		(27	)		(626	)		(895	)
Non-credit related losses on securities not expected to be sold (recognized in other comprehensive income)		—			414			829
Net impairment losses on securities		(27	)		(212	)		(66	)
Service charges		68,221			69,546			61,358
Trust		16,751			15,239			14,782
Insurance commissions and fees		16,598			16,426			15,185
Securities commissions and fees		11,286			8,395			7,562
Bank owned life insurance		6,874			6,485			5,191
Mortgage banking		3,452			4,153			3,101
Gain on sale of securities		808			305			3,652
Other		11,815			10,915			8,965
Total Non-Interest Income		135,778			131,252			119,730
Non-Interest Expense
Salaries and employee benefits		179,971			168,219			149,817
Net occupancy		26,474			24,578			21,805
Equipment		25,214			22,320			19,033
Amortization of intangibles		8,407			8,924			7,040
Outside services		30,257			28,038			21,840
FDIC insurance		10,192			8,077			8,025
Supplies		6,887			6,441			4,938
State taxes		4,256			6,162			6,975
Telephone		5,063			5,697			4,957
Advertising and promotional		6,349			4,991			6,375
Loan related		3,945			3,363			5,353
Other real estate owned		3,215			3,268			5,218
Merger related		8,210			7,394			4,982
Other		19,730			21,146			17,188
Total Non-Interest Expense		338,170			318,618			283,546
Income Before Income Taxes		162,560			154,183			119,051
Income taxes		44,756			43,773			32,004
Net Income		117,804			110,410			87,047
Preferred stock dividends		—			—			—
Net Income Available to Common Stockholders	$	117,804		$	110,410		$	87,047
Net Income per Common Share
Basic	$	0.81		$	0.79		$	0.70
Diluted	$	0.80		$	0.79		$	0.70
Cash Dividends Paid per Common Share	$	0.48		$	0.48		$	0.48

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

79

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Dollars in thousands

	Year Ended December 31
	2013			2012			2011
Net income	$	117,804		$	110,410		$	87,047
Other comprehensive loss:
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities:
Arising during the period, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(10,121), $2,760 and $1,467		(18,796	)		5,125			2,725
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax expense of $269, $216 and $1,257		(500	)		(400	)		(2,334	)
Unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net of tax benefit of $3,454 and $92		(6,415	)		(171	)		—
Unrealized gains (losses) associated with pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax expense (benefit) of $8,083, $(3,031) and $(6,358)		15,011			(5,630	)		(11,807	)
Other comprehensive loss		(10,700	)		(1,076	)		(11,416	)
Comprehensive income	$	107,104		$	109,334		$	75,631

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

80

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Dollars in thousands

	Preferred Stock		Common Stock		Additional Paid-In Capital			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Treasury Stock			Total
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	—	$	1,143	$	1,094,713		$	6,564		$	(33,732	)	$	(2,564	)	$	1,066,124
Net income									87,047									87,047
Change in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax												(11,416	)					(11,416	)
Common dividends declared: $0.48/share									(60,686	)								(60,686	)
Issuance of common stock				125		125,107									(854	)		124,378
Restricted stock compensation						4,813												4,813
Tax expense of stock-based compensation						(61	)											(61	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		—		1,268		1,224,572			32,925			(45,148	)		(3,418	)		1,210,199
Net income									110,410									110,410
Change in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax												(1,076	)					(1,076	)
Common dividends declared: $0.48/share									(67,646	)								(67,646	)
Issuance of common stock				130		147,885			(377	)					(1,600	)		146,038
Restricted stock compensation						3,758												3,758
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation						386												386
Balance at December 31, 2012		—		1,398		1,376,601			75,312			(46,224	)		(5,018	)		1,402,069
Net income									117,804									117,804
Change in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax												(10,700	)					(10,700	)
Common dividends declared: $0.48/share									(71,246	)								(71,246	)
Issuance of preferred stock		106,882																106,882
Issuance of common stock				194		224,948									(2,136	)		223,006
Restricted stock compensation						5,242												5,242
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation						1,326												1,326
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	106,882	$	1,592	$	1,608,117		$	121,870		$	(56,924	)	$	(7,154	)	$	1,774,383

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

81

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Dollars in thousands

	Year Ended December 31
	2013			2012			2011
Operating Activities
Net income	$	117,804		$	110,410		$	87,047
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		70,759			31,827			22,427
Provision for loan losses		31,090			31,302			33,641
Deferred tax expenses		15,291			29,251			7,063
Net securities gains		(808	)		(305	)		(3,652	)
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities		27			212			66
Tax (benefit) expense of stock-based compensation		(1,326	)		(386	)		61
Loans originated for sale		(219,324	)		(255,064	)		(166,104	)
Loans sold		243,782			245,474			167,298
Gain on sale of loans		(3,845	)		(3,887	)		(2,768	)
Net change in:
Interest receivable		(1,675	)		(1,569	)		1,416
Interest payable		(2,173	)		(3,925	)		(1,602	)
Trading securities		125,800			331,972			110,490
Bank owned life insurance		(3,598	)		(6,130	)		(842	)
Other, net		14,280			34,848			34,989
Net cash flows provided by operating activities		386,084			544,030			289,530
Investing Activities
Net increase in loans		(683,559	)		(409,590	)		(412,462	)
Securities available for sale:
Purchases		(375,222	)		(924,747	)		(429,831	)
Sales		22,047			87,101			101,973
Maturities		345,528			450,064			431,219
Securities held to maturity:
Purchases		(373,136	)		(526,252	)		(243,461	)
Sales		17,428			2,903			—
Maturities		285,765			340,401			262,307
Purchase of bank owned life insurance		(10,016	)		(25,032	)		(34	)
Withdrawal/surrender of bank owned life insurance		—			20,891			—
Increase in premises and equipment		(14,882	)		(12,780	)		(17,115	)
Net cash received in business combinations		141,637			203,538			23,374
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(644,410	)		(793,503	)		(284,030	)
Financing Activities
Net change in:
Non-interest bearing deposits, savings, and NOW accounts		458,153			614,100			298,833
Time deposits		(312,242	)		(337,822	)		(196,520	)
Short-term borrowings		143,703			218,904			72,580
Increase in long-term debt		92,583			40,315			52,827
Decrease in long-term debt		(113,967	)		(197,568	)		(166,144	)
Decrease in junior subordinated debt		(134,021	)		—			—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		106,882			—			—
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock		62,092			8,895			71,053
Tax benefit (expense) of stock-based compensation		1,326			386			(61	)
Cash dividends paid		(71,246	)		(67,646	)		(60,686	)
Net cash flows provided by financing activities		233,263			279,564			71,882
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents		(25,063	)		30,091			77,382
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		239,044			208,953			131,571
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year	$	213,981		$	239,044		$	208,953

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

82

F.N.B. Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Dollars in thousands, except per share data

Nature of Operations

F.N.B. Corporation (the Corporation), headquartered in Hermitage, Pennsylvania, is a regional diversified financial services company operating in six states and three major metropolitan areas, including Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Baltimore, Maryland and Cleveland, Ohio. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation had 266 banking offices throughout Pennsylvania, Ohio, Maryland and West Virginia. The Corporation provides a full range of commercial banking, consumer banking and wealth management solutions through its subsidiary network which is led by its largest affiliate, First National Bank of Pennsylvania (FNBPA). Commercial banking solutions include corporate banking, small business banking, investment real estate financing, asset based lending, capital markets and lease financing. Consumer banking products and services include deposit products, mortgage lending, consumer lending and a complete suite of mobile and online banking services. Wealth management services include asset management, private banking and insurance. The Corporation also operates Regency Finance Company (Regency), which had 72 consumer finance offices in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky and Tennessee as of December 31, 2013.

1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Corporation’s accompanying consolidated financial statements and these notes to the financial statements include subsidiaries in which the Corporation has a controlling financial interest. The Corporation owns and operates FNBPA, First National Trust Company, First National Investment Services Company, LLC, F.N.B. Investment Advisors, Inc., First National Insurance Agency, LLC, Regency, F.N.B. Capital Corporation, LLC and Bank Capital Services, LLC, and includes results for each of these entities in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include all adjustments that are necessary, in the opinion of management, to fairly reflect the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Events occurring subsequent to the date of the balance sheet have been evaluated for potential recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements through the date of the filing of the consolidated financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Use of Estimates

The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes include the allowance for loan losses, securities valuations, goodwill and other intangible assets and income taxes.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations. Under the acquisition method, identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at the

83

acquisition date are measured at their fair values as of that date, and are recognized separately from goodwill. Results of operations of the acquired entities are included in the consolidated statement of income from the date of acquisition.

Cash Equivalents

The Corporation considers cash and demand balances due from banks as cash and cash equivalents.

Securities

Investment securities, which consist of debt securities and certain equity securities, comprise a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheet. Such securities can be classified as “trading,” “securities held to maturity” or “securities available for sale.”

Securities are classified as trading securities when management intends to sell such securities in the near term and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains (losses) reflected through the consolidated statement of income. The Corporation acquired securities in conjunction with acquisitions during 2013 and 2012 that the Corporation classified as trading securities. The Corporation both acquired and sold these trading securities during the quarters in which each of the acquisitions occurred. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation did not hold any trading securities.

Securities held to maturity are comprised of debt securities, for which management has the positive intent and ability to hold such securities until their maturity. Such securities are carried at cost, adjusted for related amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts through interest income from securities, and other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI), if any.

Securities that are not classified as trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. The Corporation’s available for sale securities portfolio is comprised of debt securities and marketable equity securities. Such securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses deemed to be temporary and unrealized losses deemed to be other-than-temporary and attributable to non-credit factors reported separately as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. Realized gains and losses on the sale of available for sale securities and credit-related OTTI charges are recorded within non-interest income in the consolidated statement of income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific-identification method.

The Corporation evaluates its investment securities portfolio for OTTI on a quarterly basis. Impairment is assessed at the individual security level. The Corporation considers an investment security impaired if the fair value of the security is less than its cost or amortized cost basis.

When impairment of an equity security is considered to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to its fair value and an impairment loss is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the consolidated statement of income. When impairment of a debt security is considered to be other-than-temporary, the amount of the OTTI recorded as a loss within non-interest income and thereby recognized in earnings depends on whether the Corporation intends to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis.

If the Corporation intends to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value.

If the Corporation does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, OTTI shall be

84

separated into the amount representing credit loss and the amount related to all other market factors. The amount related to credit loss shall be recognized in earnings. The amount related to other market factors shall be recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

The Corporation performs its OTTI evaluation process in a consistent and systematic manner and includes an evaluation of all available evidence. Documentation of the process is as extensive as necessary to support a conclusion as to whether a decline in fair value below cost or amortized cost is temporary or other-than-temporary and includes documentation supporting both observable and unobservable inputs and a rationale for conclusions reached. In making these determinations for pooled trust preferred securities (TPS), the Corporation consults with third-party advisory firms to provide additional valuation assistance.

This process considers factors such as the severity, length of time and anticipated recovery period of the impairment, recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions in its industry, and the issuer’s financial condition, repayment capacity, capital strength and near-term prospects.

For debt securities, the Corporation also considers the payment structure of the debt security, the likelihood of the issuer being able to make future payments, failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest and principal payments, whether the Corporation has made a decision to sell the security and whether the Corporation’s cash or working capital requirements or contractual or regulatory obligations indicate that the debt security will be required to be sold before a forecasted recovery occurs. For equity securities, the Corporation also considers its intent and ability to retain the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value. Among the factors that the Corporation considers in determining its intent and ability to retain the security is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity. The assessment of a security’s ability to recover any decline in fair value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, the Corporation’s intent and ability to retain the security, and whether it is more likely than not the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis require considerable judgment.

Debt securities with credit ratings below AA at the time of purchase that are repayment-sensitive securities are evaluated using the guidance of ASC 325, Investments – Other. All other securities are required to be evaluated under ASC 320, Investments – Debt Securities.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Securities, generally U.S. government and federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party. The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a third party is continually monitored and additional collateral is obtained or is requested to be returned to the Corporation as deemed appropriate.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

From time to time, the Corporation may enter into derivative transactions principally to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements on the value of certain assets and liabilities and on future cash flows. The Corporation formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction. All derivative instruments are carried at fair value on the balance sheet in accordance with the requirements of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for by recording the fair value of the derivative instrument on the balance sheet as either a freestanding asset or liability, with a corresponding offset recorded in accumulated other

85

comprehensive income, net of tax. Amounts are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to the consolidated statement of income in the period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings.

Derivative gains and losses under cash flow hedges not effective in hedging the change in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of income. At the hedge’s inception and at least quarterly thereafter, a formal assessment is performed to determine whether changes in the fair values or cash flows of the derivative instruments have been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items and whether they are expected to be highly effective in the future. If it is determined a derivative instrument has not been or will not continue to be highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued.

In addition, the Corporation enters into interest rate swap agreements to meet the financing, interest rate and equity risk management needs of qualifying commercial loan customers. These agreements provide the customer the ability to convert from variable to fixed interest rates. The Corporation then enters into positions with a derivative counterparty in order to offset its exposure on the fixed components of the customer agreements. The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans and is subject to normal credit policies and monitoring. The Corporation seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk by entering into transactions with only high-quality institutions. These arrangements meet the definition of derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The interest rate swap agreement with the loan customer and with the counterparty is reported at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet with any resulting gain or loss recorded in current period earnings as other income.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Loan Commitments

Certain residential mortgage loans are originated for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market and typically sold with servicing rights released. These loans are classified as loans held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value on an aggregate basis. Market value is determined on the basis of rates obtained in the respective secondary market for the type of loan held for sale. Loans are generally sold at a premium or discount from the carrying amount of the loan. Such premium or discount is recognized at the date of sale. Gain or loss on the sale of loans is recorded in non-interest income at the time consideration is received and all other criteria for sales treatment have been met.

The Corporation routinely issues commitments to make loans that it intends to sell. These commitments are considered derivatives. The Corporation also enters into commitments to sell loans to mitigate the risk that the market value of residential loans may decline between the time the rate commitment is issued to the customer and the time the Corporation contracts to sell the loan. These commitments and sales contracts are also derivatives. Both types of derivatives are recorded at fair value. Sales contracts and commitments to sell loans are not designated as hedges of the fair value of loans held for sale. Fair value adjustments related to derivatives are recorded in current period earnings as part of mortgage banking income.

Loans (Excluding Acquired Loans)

Loans the Corporation originates and intends to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their net book balances, net of any deferred origination fees or costs. Interest income on loans is computed over the term of the loans using the effective interest method. Loan origination fees and certain direct costs incurred to extend credit are deferred and amortized over the term of the loan or loan commitment period as an adjustment to the related loan yield.

Non-performing Loans

Interest is not accrued on loans where collectibility is uncertain. The Corporation discontinues interest accruals on originated loans generally when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for a certain

86

number of days unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Commercial loans are placed on non-accrual at 90 days, installment loans are placed on non-accrual at 120 days and residential mortgages and consumer lines of credit are generally placed on non-accrual at 180 days. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan.

When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all unpaid interest is reversed. Payments subsequently received are generally applied to either principal or interest or both, depending on management’s evaluation of collectibility. A loan is returned to accrual status when principal and interest are no longer past due and collectibility is probable. This generally requires a sustained period of timely principal and interest payments.

Loans are generally written off when deemed uncollectible or when they reach a predetermined number of days past due depending upon loan product, terms, and other factors. Recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses.

The Corporation considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment loss is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. Acquired impaired loans are not classified as non-performing assets as the loans are considered to be performing under the provisions of ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.

Restructured loans are those in which concessions of terms have been made as a result of deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition. In general, the modification or restructuring of a debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) if the Corporation for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the borrower that the Corporation would not otherwise consider under current market conditions. Debt restructurings or loan modifications for a borrower occur during the normal course of business and do not necessarily constitute TDRs. To designate a loan as a TDR, the presence of both borrower financial distress and a concession of terms must exist. Additionally, a loan designated as a TDR does not necessarily result in the automatic placement of the loan on non-accrual status. When the full collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured on a loan designated as a TDR and the borrower does not otherwise meet the criteria for non-accrual status, the Corporation will continue to accrue interest on the loan.

In accordance with ASC 310-40, a restructured acquired loan that is accounted for as a component of a pool in accordance with ASC 310-30 is not considered a TDR.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. Changes in the allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that, in management’s judgment, is believed adequate to absorb probable losses associated with specifically identified loans, as well as estimated probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio. Adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of potential loan losses in the loan portfolio, which includes an assessment of past experience, current economic conditions in specific industries and geographic areas, general economic

87

conditions, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, the estimated value of underlying collateral and residuals and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio. Determination of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience and consideration of current environmental factors and economic trends, all of which are susceptible to significant change.

Credit impaired loans obtained through acquisitions are accounted for under the provisions of ASC 310-30. The Corporation also accounts for certain acquired loans considered performing at the time of acquisition by analogy to ASC 310-30. ASC 310-30 requires the initial recognition of acquired loans at the present value of amounts expected to be received. Any deterioration in the credit quality of acquired loans subsequent to acquisition would be considered in the allowance for loan losses.

Acquired Loans

Acquired loans (impaired and non-impaired) are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgments as to credit risk, default rates, loss severity, collateral values, discount rates, payment speeds, prepayment risk, and liquidity risk.

The carryover of allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans is prohibited as any credit losses in the loans are included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans reflects only those losses incurred after acquisition and represents the present value of cash flows expected at acquisition that is no longer expected to be collected.

At acquisition, the Corporation considers the following factors as indicators that an acquired loan has evidence of deterioration in credit quality and is therefore impaired and in the scope of ASC 310-30:

• loans that were 90 days or more past due;

• loans that had an internal risk rating of substandard or worse. Substandard is consistent with regulatory definitions and is defined as having a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes liquidation of the loan;

• loans that were classified as non-accrual by the acquired bank at the time of acquisition; or

• loans that had been previously modified in a TDR.

Any acquired loans that were not individually in the scope of ASC 310-30 because they didn’t meet the criteria above were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. For these pools, the Corporation used certain loan information, including outstanding principal balance, estimated expected losses, weighted average maturity, weighted average margin, and weighted average interest rate along with estimated prepayment rates, probability of default and loss given default to estimate the expected cash flow for each loan pool.

Pursuant to an American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) letter dated December 18, 2009, the AICPA summarized the SEC staff’s view regarding accounting in subsequent periods for discount accretion associated with acquired loan receivables that are not required to be accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30. The AICPA understands that, in the absence of further standard setting, the SEC staff would not object to an accounting policy based on contractual cash flows (ASC 310-20 approach) or an accounting policy based on expected cash flows (ASC 310-30 approach). The Corporation believes analogizing to ASC 310-30 is the more appropriate option to follow in accounting for discount accretion on non-impaired acquired loans other than revolving loans and therefore accounts for such loans in accordance with ASC 310-30. ASC 310-30 guidance does not apply to revolving loans. Consequently, discount accretion on revolving loans acquired is accounted for using the ASC 310-20 approach.

88

The excess of cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition over recorded fair value is referred to as the accretable yield. The accretable yield is recognized into income over the remaining life of the loan if the timing and/or amount of cash flows expected to be collected can be reasonably estimated (the accretion model). If the timing and/or amount of cash flows expected to be collected cannot be reasonably estimated, the cost recovery method of income recognition must be used. The difference between the loan’s total scheduled principal and interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference. The non-accretable difference represents contractually required principal and interest payments which the Corporation does not expect to collect.

Over the life of the acquired loan, the Corporation continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Decreases in expected cash flows, other than from prepayments or rate adjustments, are recognized as impairments through a charge to the provision for loan losses resulting in an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent improvements in cash flows result in first, reversal of existing valuation allowances recognized subsequent to acquisition, if any, and next, an increase in the amount of accretable yield to be subsequently recognized on a prospective basis over the loan’s remaining life.

Acquired loans that met the criteria for non-accrual of interest prior to acquisition are considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the Corporation can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of expected cash flows on such loans. Accordingly, the Corporation does not consider acquired contractually delinquent loans to be non-accrual or non-performing and continues to recognize interest income on these loans using the accretion model.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the asset’s estimated useful life. Leasehold improvements are expensed over the lesser of the asset’s estimated useful life or the term of the lease including renewal periods when reasonably assured. Useful lives are dependent upon the nature and condition of the asset and range from 3 to 40 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while major improvements are capitalized and amortized to operating expense over the identified useful life.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (OREO) is comprised principally of commercial and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. OREO acquired in settlement of indebtedness is included in other assets initially at the lower of estimated fair value of the asset less estimated selling costs or the carrying amount of the loan. Changes to the value subsequent to transfer are recorded in non-interest expense along with direct operating expenses. Gains or losses not previously recognized resulting from sales of OREO are recognized in non-interest expense on the date of sale.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. Intangible assets that have finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, customer relationship intangibles and renewal lists, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment testing. Core deposit intangibles are primarily amortized over ten years using straight line and accelerated methods. Customer and renewal lists and other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives which range from ten to twelve years.

Goodwill and other intangibles are subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level, which must be conducted at least annually. The Corporation performs impairment testing during the fourth quarter of each year.

89

Due to ongoing uncertainty regarding market conditions surrounding the banking industry, the Corporation continues to monitor goodwill and other intangibles for impairment and to evaluate carrying amounts, as necessary.

The Corporation performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing updated qualitative factors, the Corporation determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it does not have to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit under the first step of the goodwill impairment test and determining the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit under the second step of the goodwill impairment test are judgmental and often involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Similarly, estimates and assumptions are used in determining the fair value of other intangible assets. Estimates of fair value are primarily determined using discounted cash flows, market comparisons and recent transactions. These approaches use significant estimates and assumptions including projected future cash flows, discount rates reflecting the market rate of return, projected growth rates and determination and evaluation of appropriate market comparables. Based on the results of quantitative assessments of all reporting units, the Corporation concluded that no impairment existed at December 31, 2013. However, future events could cause the Corporation to conclude that goodwill or other intangibles have become impaired, which would result in recording an impairment loss. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

Income Taxes

The Corporation files a consolidated federal income tax return. The provision for federal and state income taxes is based on income reported on the consolidated financial statements, rather than the amounts reported on the respective income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those assets and liabilities are expected to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that the change in tax rates is enacted.

The Corporation makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments are applied in the calculation of certain tax credits and in the calculation of the deferred income tax expense or benefit associated with certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to the Corporation’s tax provision in a subsequent period. The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Corporation assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, the Corporation will increase its provision for income taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that are unlikely to be recovered. The Corporation believes that it will ultimately recover a substantial majority of the deferred tax assets recorded on the balance sheet. However, should there be a change in the Corporation’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the effect of this change would be recorded through the provision for income taxes in the period during which such change occurs.

The Corporation periodically reviews the tax positions it takes on its tax return and applies a more likely than not recognition threshold for all tax positions that are uncertain. The amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not test, no tax benefit is recorded.

Advertising and Promotional Costs

Advertising and promotional costs are generally expensed as incurred.

90

Per Share Amounts

Earnings per common share is computed using net income available to common stockholders, which is net income adjusted for preferred stock dividends.

Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding net of unvested shares of restricted stock.

Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders adjusted for interest expense on convertible debt by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of potential common shares issuable for stock options, warrants and restricted shares, as calculated using the treasury stock method. Adjustments to net income available to common stockholders and the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments dilute earnings per common share.

Pension Plans

The Corporation sponsors pension plans for its employees. The expense associated with the plans is calculated in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits. The plans utilize assumptions and methods determined in accordance with ASC 715, including reflecting trust assets at their fair value for the qualified pension plans and recognizing the overfunded and underfunded status of the plans on its consolidated balance sheet. Gains and losses, prior service costs and credits are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, until they are amortized, or immediately upon curtailment.

Stock Based Compensation

The Corporation accounts for its stock based compensation awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense, based on estimated fair values, for all share-based awards, including stock options and restricted stock, made to employees and directors.

ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income over the shorter of requisite service periods or the period through the date that the employee first becomes eligible to retire. Because share-based compensation expense is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest, share-based compensation expense has been reduced to account for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

2.    New Accounting Standards

Troubled Debt Restructurings

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-04, Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure, to clarify when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs; that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and OREO recognized. This update requires a creditor to reclassify a collateralized consumer mortgage loan to OREO upon obtaining legal title to the real estate collateral, or the borrower voluntarily conveying all interest in the real estate property to the lender to satisfy the

91

loan through a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement. The requirements of ASU 2014-04 are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material effect on the financial statements, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.

Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01, Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects, to revise the accounting for investments in qualified affordable housing projects. This update modifies the conditions that must be met to present the pretax effects and related tax benefits of such investments as a component of income taxes (“net” within income tax expense). It is expected that the new guidance will enable more investors to use a “net” presentation for investments in qualified affordable housing projects. Investors that do not qualify for “net” presentation under the new guidance will continue to account for such investments under the equity method or cost method, which results in losses recognized in pretax income and tax benefits recognized in income taxes (“gross” presentation of investment results). For investments that qualify for the “net” presentation of investment performance, the guidance introduces a “proportional amortization method” that can be elected to amortize the investment basis. If elected, the method is required for all eligible investments in qualified affordable housing projects. The requirements of ASU 2014-01 are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material effect on the financial statements, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.

Income Taxes

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, to provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits. An unrecognized tax benefit or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward with certain exceptions related to availability. The requirements of ASU 2013-11 are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material effect on the financial statements, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.

Derivatives and Hedging

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-10, Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes, which establishes the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate as an acceptable U.S. benchmark interest rate, in addition to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (UST) and the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) swap rates, to provide risk managers with a more comprehensive spectrum of interest rate resets to utilize as the designated benchmark interest rate risk component under the hedge accounting guidance. The requirements of ASU 2013-10 were effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this update did not have a material effect on the financial statements, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.

Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, that requires an entity to report the effects of significant reclassifications out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line item in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts not required to be reclassified in their entirety in the same reporting period, an entity shall add a cross reference to the related footnote where additional information

92

about the effect of the reclassification is disclosed. The requirements of ASU 2013-02 were effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this update did not have a material effect on the financial statements, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, Scope Clarification of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, that clarifies the scope of its previously issued guidance, limiting the disclosure requirements to derivative instruments, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending transactions to the extent that they are offset in the financial statements or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The requirements of ASU 2013-01 were effective on January 1, 2013. The adoption of this update did not have a material effect on the financial statements, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.

3.    Mergers and Acquisitions

BCSB Bancorp, Inc.

On February 15, 2014, the Corporation completed its acquisition of BCSB Bancorp, Inc. (BCSB), a bank holding company based in Baltimore, Maryland. As of December 31, 2013, BCSB had $605,901 in assets, $326,258 in loans and $531,563 in deposits. The acquisition was valued at approximately $81,205 and resulted in the Corporation issuing 6,730,597 shares of its common stock in exchange for 3,235,961 shares of BCSB common stock. BCSB’s banking affiliate, Baltimore County Savings Bank, was merged into FNBPA on February 15, 2014. The Corporation will finalize its determination of the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities relating to the BCSB acquisition in 2014.

PVF Capital Corp.

On October 12, 2013, the Corporation completed its acquisition of PVF Capital Corp. (PVF), a savings and loan holding company based in Solon, Ohio. On the acquisition date, the estimated fair values of PVF included $738,486 in assets, $512,566 in loans and $627,046 in deposits. The acquisition was valued at $109,856 and resulted in the Corporation issuing 8,893,598 shares of its common stock in exchange for 26,119,398 shares of PVF common stock. The Corporation also acquired the outstanding stock options of PVF that became fully vested upon the acquisition. The assets and liabilities of PVF were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their preliminary estimated fair values as of October 12, 2013, the acquisition date, and PVF’s results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income since that date. PVF’s banking affiliate, Park View Federal Savings Bank, was merged into FNBPA on October 12, 2013. Based on a preliminary purchase price allocation, the Corporation recorded $51,284 in goodwill and $6,867 in core deposit intangibles as a result of the acquisition. These fair value estimates are provisional amounts based on third party valuations that are currently under review. None of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

Annapolis Bancorp, Inc.

On April 6, 2013, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Annapolis Bancorp, Inc. (ANNB), a bank holding company based in Annapolis, Maryland. On the acquisition date, the estimated fair values of ANNB included $430,217 in assets, $256,199 in loans and $349,370 in deposits. The acquisition was valued at $56,300 and resulted in the Corporation issuing 4,641,412 shares of its common stock in exchange for 4,060,802 shares of ANNB common stock. The Corporation also acquired the outstanding stock options of ANNB that became fully vested upon the acquisition. Additionally, the Corporation paid $609, or $0.15 per share, to the holders of ANNB common stock as cash consideration due to the collection of a certain loan, as designated in the merger agreement. The assets and liabilities of ANNB were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their

93

preliminary estimated fair values as of April 6, 2013, the acquisition date, and ANNB’s results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income since that date. ANNB’s banking affiliate, BankAnnapolis, was merged into FNBPA on April 6, 2013. In conjunction with the acquisition, a warrant issued by ANNB to the UST under the Capital Purchase Program (CPP) was assumed by the Corporation and converted into a warrant to purchase up to 342,564 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The warrant expires January 30, 2019 and has an exercise price of $3.57 per share. Based on a preliminary purchase price allocation, the Corporation has recorded $37,410 in goodwill and $3,775 in core deposit intangibles as a result of the acquisition. These fair value estimates are provisional amounts based on third party valuations that are currently under review. None of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

Parkvale Financial Corporation

On January 1, 2012, the Corporation completed its acquisition of Parkvale Financial Corporation (Parkvale), a unitary savings and loan holding company based in Monroeville, Pennsylvania. On the acquisition date, the fair values of Parkvale included $1,743,885 in assets, $919,480 in loans and $1,525,253 in deposits. The acquisition was valued at $140,900 and resulted in the Corporation issuing 12,159,312 shares of its common stock in exchange for 5,582,846 shares of Parkvale common stock. The Corporation also acquired the outstanding stock options of Parkvale that became fully vested upon the acquisition. The assets and liabilities of Parkvale were recorded on the Corporation’s balance sheet at their fair values as of January 1, 2012, the acquisition date, and Parkvale’s results of operations have been included in the Corporation’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income since that date. Parkvale’s banking affiliate, Parkvale Bank, was merged into FNBPA on January 1, 2012. The warrant issued by Parkvale to the UST under the CPP was assumed by the Corporation and converted into a warrant to purchase up to 819,640 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The warrant expires December 23, 2018 and has an exercise price of $5.81. Based on the purchase price allocation, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Corporation recorded $106,602 in goodwill and $16,033 in core deposit intangibles as a result of the acquisition. None of the goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of each of the acquisition dates in conjunction with the Parkvale, ANNB and PVF acquisitions:

	Parkvale Financial Corporation		Annapolis Bancorp, Inc.		PVF Capital Corp.
Fair value of consideration paid:
Common stock issued, net of offering costs	$	136,441	$	54,065	$	109,856
Warrant assumed		4,459		2,235		—
Total consideration paid		140,900		56,300		109,856
Fair value of identifiable assets acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents		203,538		41,986		99,650
Securities		486,186		99,309		47,258
Loans		919,480		256,199		512,566
Other intangible assets		16,033		3,775		15,288
Accrued income and other assets		118,648		28,948		63,724
Total identifiable assets acquired		1,743,885		430,217		738,486
Fair value of liabilities assumed:
Deposits		1,525,253		349,370		627,046
Borrowings		171,606		58,204		37,241
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		12,728		3,753		15,627
Total liabilities assumed		1,709,587		411,327		679,914
Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired		34,298		18,890		58,572
Goodwill recognized	$	106,602	$	37,410	$	51,284

94

The following pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflects the Corporation’s estimated consolidated results of operations as if the Parkvale acquisition occurred on January 1, 2011, unadjusted for potential cost savings:

Year Ended December 31	2011
Revenue (net interest income and non-interest income)	$	486,818
Net income		96,299
Net income available to common stockholders		94,711
Earnings per common share – basic		0.69
Earnings per common share – diluted		0.69

Parkvale’s results of operations are included in the Corporation’s results for the entire years of 2013 and 2012. Pro forma information is not presented for 2013 or 2012 to reflect ANNB and PVF due to the immateriality of those acquisitions.

95

4.     Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of securities are as follows:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale:
December 31, 2013
U.S. government-sponsored entities	$	336,763	$	126	$	(5,904	)	$	330,985
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		247,880		4,304		(1,303	)		250,881
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		511,098		895		(20,794	)		491,199
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		1,747		15		—			1,762
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		16,842		410		(250	)		17,002
Collateralized debt obligations		37,203		4,507		(10,115	)		31,595
Other debt securities		16,505		524		(929	)		16,100
Total debt securities		1,168,038		10,781		(39,295	)		1,139,524
Equity securities		1,444		682		—			2,126
	$	1,169,482	$	11,463	$	(39,295	)	$	1,141,650
December 31, 2012
U.S. government-sponsored entities	$	352,910	$	1,676	$	(129	)	$	354,457
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		267,575		7,575		—			275,150
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		465,574		4,201		(228	)		469,547
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		2,679		50		—			2,729
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		23,592		1,232		—			24,824
Collateralized debt obligations		34,765		967		(13,276	)		22,456
Other debt securities		21,790		695		(972	)		21,513
Total debt securities		1,168,885		16,396		(14,605	)		1,170,676
Equity securities		1,554		462		(9	)		2,007
	$	1,170,439	$	16,858	$	(14,614	)	$	1,172,683
December 31, 2011
U.S. government-sponsored entities	$	231,187	$	642	$	—		$	231,829
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		166,758		4,853		—			171,611
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		181,493		2,236		—			183,729
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		31		—		(1	)		30
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		38,509		1,841		—			40,350
Collateralized debt obligations		19,224		—		(13,226	)		5,998
Other debt securities		6,863		—		(1,666	)		5,197
Total debt securities		644,065		9,572		(14,893	)		638,744
Equity securities		1,593		257		(23	)		1,827
	$	645,658	$	9,829	$	(14,916	)	$	640,571

96

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Securities Held to Maturity:
December 31, 2013
U.S. Treasury	$	503	$	99	$	—		$	602
U.S. government-sponsored entities		43,322		180		(1,151	)		42,351
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		628,681		12,281		(6,032	)		634,930
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		385,408		764		(15,844	)		370,328
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		6,852		44		(4	)		6,892
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		2,241		124		(37	)		2,328
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		132,162		1,992		(2,022	)		132,132
	$	1,199,169	$	15,484	$	(25,090	)	$	1,189,563
December 31, 2012
U.S. Treasury	$	503	$	188	$	—		$	691
U.S. government-sponsored entities		28,731		280		(99	)		28,912
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		780,022		28,783		(1	)		808,804
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		133,976		1,266		—			135,242
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		14,082		130		—			14,212
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		1,024		39		—			1,063
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		147,713		6,099		—			153,812
Collateralized debt obligations		512		—		(35	)		477
	$	1,106,563	$	36,785	$	(135	)	$	1,143,213
December 31, 2011
U.S. Treasury	$	504	$	185	$	—		$	689
U.S. government-sponsored entities		4,019		175		—			4,194
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		683,100		28,722		—			711,822
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		54,319		573		(11	)		54,881
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		24,348		143		(1,373	)		23,118
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		147,748		6,877		—			154,625
Collateralized debt obligations		1,592		—		(314	)		1,278
Other debt securities		1,582		25		(181	)		1,426
	$	917,212	$	36,700	$	(1,879	)	$	952,033

Gross gains and gross losses were realized on securities as follows:

Year Ended December 31	2013			2012			2011
Gross gains	$	1,200		$	1,154		$	3,848
Gross losses		(392	)		(849	)		(196	)
	$	808		$	305		$	3,652

The gross gains in the table above included $3,415 in 2011 relating to the sale of securities to better position the balance sheet. These sales included a $3,940 U.S. government agency security and $83,736 of mortgage backed securities.

97

As of December 31, 2013, the amortized cost and fair value of securities, by contractual maturities, were as follows:

	Available for Sale				Held to Maturity
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	—	$	—	$	3,376	$	3,421
Due from one to five years		281,854		278,833		47,666		46,735
Due from five to ten years		79,155		77,071		51,161		51,798
Due after ten years		46,304		39,778		73,784		73,131
		407,313		395,682		175,987		175,085
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		247,880		250,881		628,681		634,930
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		511,098		491,199		385,408		370,328
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		1,747		1,762		6,852		6,892
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		—		—		2,241		2,328
Equity securities		1,444		2,126		—		—
	$	1,169,482	$	1,141,650	$	1,199,169	$	1,189,563

Maturities may differ from contractual terms because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties. Periodic payments are received on residential mortgage-backed securities based on the payment patterns of the underlying collateral.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, securities with a carrying value of $909,548 and $725,450, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, trust deposits and for other purposes as required by law. Securities with a carrying value of $860,279 and $795,812 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were pledged as collateral for short-term borrowings.

Following are summaries of the fair values and unrealized losses of securities, segregated by length of impairment:

	Less than 12 Months							Greater than 12 Months							Total
	#		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			#		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			#		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Securities Available for Sale:
December 31, 2013
U.S. government-sponsored entities		17	$	232,962	$	(5,904	)		—	$	—	$	—			17	$	232,962	$	(5,904	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		9		108,284		(1,303	)		—		—		—			9		108,284		(1,303	)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		26		389,989		(18,644	)		2		34,229		(2,150	)		28		424,218		(20,794	)
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		2		3,022		(250	)		—		—		—			2		3,022		(250	)
Collateralized debt obligations		—		—		—			8		7,965		(10,115	)		8		7,965		(10,115	)
Other debt securities		—		—		—			4		5,950		(929	)		4		5,950		(929	)
		54	$	734,257	$	(26,101	)		14	$	48,144	$	(13,194	)		68	$	782,401	$	(39,295	)
December 31, 2012
U.S. government-sponsored entities		3	$	44,868	$	(129	)		—	$	—	$	—			3	$	44,868	$	(129	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		3		47,174		(228	)		—		—		—			3		47,174		(228	)
Collateralized debt obligations		7		8,708		(909	)		9		5,532		(12,367	)		16		14,240		(13,276	)
Other debt securities		—		—		—			4		5,899		(972	)		4		5,899		(972	)
Equity securities		1		654		(9	)		—		—		—			1		654		(9	)
		14	$	101,404	$	(1,275	)		13	$	11,431	$	(13,339	)		27	$	112,835	$	(14,614	)

98

	Less than 12 Months							Greater than 12 Months							Total
	#		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			#		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			#		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Securities Held to Maturity:
December 31, 2013
U.S. government-sponsored entities		2	$	24,513	$	(530	)		1	$	14,378	$	(621	)		3	$	38,891	$	(1,151	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		24		308,864		(5,942	)		1		1,296		(90	)		25		310,160		(6,032	)
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		21		301,312		(15,844	)		—		—		—			21		301,312		(15,844	)
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		3		2,010		(4	)		—		—		—			3		2,010		(4	)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		1		984		(37	)		—		—		—			1		984		(37	)
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		27		31,537		(2,022	)		—		—		—			27		31,537		(2,022	)
		78	$	669,220	$	(24,379	)		2	$	15,674	$	(711	)		80	$	684,894	$	(25,090	)
December 31, 2012
U.S. government-sponsored entities		1	$	14,901	$	(99	)		—	$	—	$	—			1	$	14,901	$	(99	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Agency mortgage-backed securities		1		1,424		(1	)		—		—		—			1		1,424		(1	)
Collateralized debt obligations		—		—		—			1		477		(35	)		1		477		(35	)
		2	$	16,325	$	(100	)		1	$	477	$	(35	)		3	$	16,802	$	(135	)

The Corporation does not intend to sell the debt securities and it is not more likely than not the Corporation will be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis.

The Corporation’s unrealized losses on collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) relate to investments in TPS. The Corporation’s portfolio of TPS consists of single-issuer and pooled securities. The single-issuer securities are primarily from money-center and large regional banks and are included in other debt securities. The pooled securities consist of securities issued primarily by banks and thrifts, with some of the pools including a limited number of insurance companies. One of the pooled securities is covered by the Volcker Rule and regulatory guidance issued in January 2014 requires its disposal by July 2015. This security was acquired in the Parkvale acquisition and valued at fair value and is not subject to OTTI. Investments in pooled securities are all in mezzanine tranches except for two investments in senior tranches, and are secured by over-collateralization or default protection provided by subordinated tranches. The non-credit portion of unrealized losses on investments in TPS is attributable to illiquidity and the uncertainty affecting these markets, as well as changes in interest rates.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The Corporation evaluates its investment securities portfolio for OTTI on a quarterly basis. Impairment is assessed at the individual security level. The Corporation considers an investment security impaired if the fair value of the security is less than its cost or amortized cost basis.

The Corporation invested in TPS issued by special purpose vehicles (SPVs) that hold pools of collateral consisting of trust preferred and subordinated debt securities issued by banks, bank holding companies, thrifts and insurance companies. The securities issued by the SPVs are generally segregated into several classes known as tranches. Typically, the structure includes senior, mezzanine and equity tranches. The equity tranche represents the first loss position. The Corporation generally holds interests in mezzanine tranches. Interest and principal collected from the collateral held by the SPVs are distributed with a priority that provides the highest level of protection to the senior-most tranches. In order to provide a high level of protection to the senior tranches, cash flows are diverted to higher-level tranches if the principal and interest coverage tests are not met.

99

The Corporation prices its holdings of pooled TPS using Level 3 inputs in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, and guidance issued by the SEC. In this regard, the Corporation evaluates current available information in estimating the future cash flows of these securities and determines whether there have been favorable or adverse changes in estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected. The Corporation considers the structure and term of the pool and the financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the evaluation incorporates factors such as over-collateralization and interest coverage tests, interest rates and appropriate risk premiums, the timing and amount of interest and principal payments and the allocation of payments to the various tranches. Current estimates of cash flows are based on the most recent trustee reports, announcements of deferrals or defaults, and assumptions regarding expected future default rates, prepayment and recovery rates and other relevant information. In constructing these assumptions, the Corporation considers the following:

• that current defaults would have no recovery;

• that some individually analyzed deferrals will cure at rates varying from 10% to 90% after the deferral period ends;

• recent historical performance metrics, including profitability, capital ratios, loan charge-offs and loan reserve ratios, for the underlying institutions that would indicate a higher probability of default by the institution;

• that institutions identified as possessing a higher probability of default would recover at a rate of 10% for banks and 15% for insurance companies;

• that financial performance of the financial sector continues to be affected by the economic environment resulting in deferrals not curing and defaulting in the future;

• whether the security is currently deferring interest; and

• the external rating of the security and recent changes to its external rating.

The primary evidence utilized by the Corporation is the level of current deferrals and defaults, the level of excess subordination that allows for receipt of full principal and interest, the credit rating for each security and the likelihood that future deferrals and defaults will occur at a level that will fully erode the excess subordination based on an assessment of the underlying collateral. The Corporation combines the results of these factors considered in estimating the future cash flows of these securities to determine whether there has been an adverse change in estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected.

The Corporation’s portfolio of TPS consists of 23 pooled issues, primarily obtained through acquisitions, and four single-issuer securities. Two of the pooled issues are senior tranches; the remaining 21 are mezzanine tranches. At December 31, 2013, the 23 pooled TPS had an estimated fair value of $31,595 while the single-issuer TPS had an estimated fair value of $5,950. The Corporation has concluded from the analysis performed at December 31, 2013 that it is probable that the Corporation will collect all contractual principal and interest payments on all of its single-issuer and pooled TPS sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the securities.

At December 31, 2013, all four single-issuer TPS are current in regards to their principal and interest payments. Of the 23 pooled TPS, three are accruing interest based on the coupon rate, 18 are accreting income based on future expected cash flows and the remaining two are on non-accrual status. Income of $3,338 and $2,831 was recognized on pooled TPS for 2013 and 2012, respectively. Included in the amount for 2012 was $34 recognized on pooled TPS which were sold during 2012.

The Corporation recognized net impairment losses on securities of $27 and $212 for 2013 and 2012, respectively, due to the write-down of securities that the Corporation deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

100

The following table presents a summary of the cumulative credit-related OTTI charges recognized as components of earnings for securities for which a portion of an OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income:

	Collateralized Debt Obligations			Residential Non-Agency CMOs			Equities		Total
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Beginning balance	$	17,155		$	212		$	—	$	17,367
Loss where impairment was not previously recognized		—			—			27		27
Additional loss where impairment was previously recognized		—			—			—		—
Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold		—			(212	)		—		(212	)
Ending balance	$	17,155		$	—		$	27	$	17,182
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Beginning balance	$	18,369		$	29			—	$	18,398
Loss where impairment was not previously recognized		—			212			—		212
Additional loss where impairment was previously recognized		—			—			—		—
Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold		(1,214	)		(29	)		—		(1,243	)
Ending balance	$	17,155		$	212			—	$	17,367

TPS continue to experience price volatility as the secondary market for such securities remains limited to select non-regulated buyers. Write-downs, when required, are based on an individual security’s credit performance and its ability to make its contractual principal and interest payments. Should credit quality deteriorate to a greater extent than projected, it is possible that additional write-downs may be required. The Corporation monitors actual deferrals and defaults as well as expected future deferrals and defaults to determine if there is a high probability for expected losses and contractual shortfalls of interest or principal, which could warrant further impairment. The Corporation evaluates its entire TPS portfolio each quarter to determine if additional write-downs are warranted.

101

The following table provides information relating to the Corporation’s TPS as of December 31, 2013:

Security	Class	Current Par Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Gain (Loss)			Lowest Credit Ratings	Number of Issuers Currently Performing		Actual Defaults (as a percent of original collateral)		Actual Deferrals (as a percent of original collateral)		Projected Recovery Rates on Current Deferrals (1)		Expected Defaults (%) (2)		Excess Subordination (as a percent of current collateral) (3)
Pooled TPS:
P1	C1	$	5,500	$	2,611	$	1,567	$	(1,044	)	C		42		22		7		41		17		0.00
P2	C1		4,889		3,133		1,326		(1,807	)	C		40		16		15		45		14		0.00
P3	C1		5,561		4,416		1,691		(2,725	)	C		46		13		9		34		16		0.00
P4	C1		3,994		3,169		1,196		(1,973	)	C		51		16		6		46		16		0.00
P5	B3		2,000		780		373		(407	)	C		14		29		10		48		11		0.00
P6	B1		3,028		2,539		1,016		(1,523	)	C		50		15		18		50		10		0.00
P7	C		5,048		864		1,453		589		C		38		14		19		38		13		0.00
P8	C		2,011		788		341		(447	)	C		44		16		11		36		17		0.32
P9	A4L		2,000		645		456		(189	)	C		25		16		10		37		11		0.00
Total OTTI			34,031		18,945		9,419		(9,526	)			350		17		11		42		15
P10	C1		5,219		1,109		1,487		378		C		42		22		7		41		17		0.00
P11	A2A		5,000		2,240		2,384		144		B+		40		16		15		45		14		51.83
P12	C1		4,781		1,371		1,454		83		C		46		13		9		34		16		0.00
P13	C1		5,260		1,336		1,574		238		C		51		16		6		46		16		0.00
P14	C1		5,190		1,108		1,357		249		C		57		15		12		28		17		0.00
P15	C1		3,206		429		616		187		C		41		21		6		23		17		0.00
P16	C		3,339		678		775		97		C		37		17		9		31		14		0.00
P17	B		2,069		694		763		69		Ca		33		14		17		40		14		21.87
P18	B2		5,000		2,243		3,096		853		CCC		19		0		8		90		14		38.10
P19	B		4,080		976		1,498		522		C		44		16		11		36		17		15.00
P20	A1		3,279		1,977		2,107		103		BB-		46		21		6		42		15		55.16
P21	B		5,000		1,327		1,331		4		C		16		18		5		49		11		0.00
P22	C1		5,531		1,440		1,954		514		C		25		15		7		40		10		0.00
P23	C1		5,606		1,330		1,780		450		C		24		16		8		42		10		0.00
Total Not OTTI			62,560		18,258		22,176		3,918				521		16		9		41		15
Total Pooled TPS		$	96,591	$	37,203	$	31,595	$	(5,608	)			871		16		10		41		15
Single Issuer TPS:
S1		$	2,000	$	1,955	$	1,580	$	(375	)	BB		1
S2			2,000		1,925		1,630		(295	)	BBB		1
S3			2,000		2,000		1,950		(50	)	B+		1
S4			1,000		999		790		(209	)	BB		1
Total Single Issuer TPS		$	7,000	$	6,879	$	5,950	$	(929	)			4
Total TPS		$	103,591	$	44,082	$	37,545	$	(6,537	)			875

(1) Some current deferrals are expected to cure at rates varying from 10% to 90% after five years.

(2) Expected future defaults as a percent of remaining performing collateral.

(3) Excess subordination represents the additional defaults in excess of both current and projected defaults that the CDO can absorb before the bond experiences any credit impairment.

102

States of the U.S. and Political Subdivisions

The Corporation’s municipal bond portfolio of $149,164 as of December 31, 2013 is highly rated with an average entity-specific rating of AA and 99.2% of the portfolio rated A or better. General obligation bonds comprise 98.9% of the portfolio. Geographically, municipal bonds support the Corporation’s footprint as 79.0% of the securities are from municipalities located throughout Pennsylvania. The average holding size of the securities in the municipal bond portfolio is $1,001. In addition to the strong stand-alone ratings, 67.0% of the municipalities have purchased credit enhancement insurance to strengthen the creditworthiness of their issue. Management also reviews the credit profile of each issuer on a quarterly basis.

5.    Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The Corporation is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh. The FHLB requires members to purchase and hold a specified minimum level of FHLB stock based upon their level of borrowings, collateral balances and participation in other programs offered by the FHLB. Stock in the FHLB is non-marketable and is redeemable at the discretion of the FHLB. Both cash and stock dividends on FHLB stock are reported as income.

Members do not purchase stock in the FHLB for the same reasons that traditional equity investors acquire stock in an investor-owned enterprise. Rather, members purchase stock to obtain access to the low-cost products and services offered by the FHLB. Unlike equity securities of traditional for-profit enterprises, the stock of FHLB does not provide its holders with an opportunity for capital appreciation because, by regulation, FHLB stock can only be purchased, redeemed and transferred at par value.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation’s FHLB stock totaled $23,636 and $24,560, respectively, and is included in other assets on the balance sheet. The Corporation accounts for the stock in accordance with ASC 325, which requires the investment to be carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. Due to the continued improvement of the FHLB’s financial performance and stability over the past several years, along with quarterly cash dividends in 2013, the Corporation believes its holdings in the stock are ultimately recoverable at par value and, therefore, determined that FHLB stock was not other-than-temporarily impaired. In addition, the Corporation has ample liquidity and does not require redemption of its FHLB stock in the foreseeable future.

103

6.    Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Following is a summary of loans, net of unearned income:

	Originated Loans		Acquired Loans		Total Loans
December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	2,640,428	$	604,781	$	3,245,209
Commercial and industrial		1,761,668		119,806		1,881,474
Commercial leases		158,895		—		158,895
Total commercial loans and leases		4,560,991		724,587		5,285,578
Direct installment		1,387,995		79,241		1,467,236
Residential mortgages		678,227		408,512		1,086,739
Indirect installment		649,701		5,886		655,587
Consumer lines of credit		832,668		133,103		965,771
Other		45,183		—		45,183
	$	8,154,765	$	1,351,329	$	9,506,094
December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	2,448,471	$	258,575	$	2,707,046
Commercial and industrial		1,555,301		47,013		1,602,314
Commercial leases		130,133		—		130,133
Total commercial loans and leases		4,133,905		305,588		4,439,493
Direct installment		1,108,865		69,665		1,178,530
Residential mortgages		653,826		438,402		1,092,228
Indirect installment		568,324		13,713		582,037
Consumer lines of credit		732,534		72,960		805,494
Other		39,937		—		39,937
	$	7,237,391	$	900,328	$	8,137,719

The carrying amount of acquired loans at December 31, 2013 totaled $1,345,429, including purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans with a carrying amount of $21,192, while the carrying amount of acquired loans at December 31, 2012 totaled $896,148, including PCI loans with a carrying amount of $15,864. The outstanding contractual balance receivable of acquired loans at December 31, 2013 totaled $1,449,227, including PCI loans with an outstanding contractual balance receivable of $56,500, while the outstanding contractual balance receivable of acquired loans at December 31, 2012 totaled $949,862, including PCI loans with an outstanding contractual balance receivable of $41,134.

Commercial real estate includes both owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied loans secured by commercial properties. Commercial and industrial includes loans to businesses that are not secured by real estate. Commercial leases consist of loans for new or used equipment. Direct installment is comprised of fixed-rate, closed-end consumer loans for personal, family or household use, such as home equity loans and automobile loans. Residential mortgages consist of conventional and jumbo mortgage loans for non-commercial properties. Indirect installment is comprised of loans originated by third parties and underwritten by the Corporation, primarily automobile loans. Consumer lines of credit include home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and consumer lines of credit that are either unsecured or secured by collateral other than home equity. Other is comprised primarily of mezzanine loans and student loans.

The loan portfolio consists principally of loans to individuals and small- and medium-sized businesses within the Corporation’s primary market area of Pennsylvania, eastern Ohio, Maryland and northern West Virginia. The commercial real estate portfolio also includes run-off loans in Florida, which totaled $39,379 or

104

0.4% of total loans at December 31, 2013, compared to $68,627 or 0.8% of total loans at December 31, 2012. Additionally, the total loan portfolio contains consumer finance loans to individuals in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Tennessee and Kentucky, which totaled $179,970 or 1.9% of total loans at December 31, 2013, compared to $170,999 or 2.1% of total loans at December 31, 2012. Due to the relative size of the consumer finance loan portfolio, they are not segregated from other consumer loans.

As of December 31, 2013, 43.1% of the commercial real estate loans were owner-occupied, while the remaining 56.9% were non-owner-occupied, compared to 46.5% and 53.5%, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation had commercial construction loans of $252,842 and $190,206, respectively, representing 2.7% and 2.3% of total loans, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no concentrations of loans relating to any industry in excess of 10% of total loans.

The Corporation has extended credit to certain directors and executive officers and their related interests. These related-party loans were made in the ordinary course of business under normal credit terms and do not involve more than a normal risk of collection. Following is an analysis of these loans to related parties:

Total loans at December 31, 2012	$	74,096
New loans		3,210
Repayments		(7,749	)
Other		(25,334	)
Total loans at December 31, 2013	$	44,223

Other represents the net change in loan balances resulting from changes in related parties during 2013.

ASC 310-30 Loans

All loans acquired in the PVF, ANNB and Parkvale acquisitions, except for revolving loans, are accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30. Revolving loans are accounted for under ASC 310-20. The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses for acquired loans reflects only those losses incurred after acquisition.

105

The following table reflects amounts at acquisition for all purchased loans subject to ASC310-30 (impaired and non-impaired) acquired from PVF and ANNB in 2013 and Parkvale in 2012:

	Acquired Impaired Loans			Acquired Performing Loans			Total
Acquired from PVF and ANNB in 2013
Contractually required cash flows at acquisition	$	40,972		$	796,114		$	837,086
Non-accretable difference (expected losses and foregone interest)		(23,207	)		(52,992	)		(76,199	)
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition		17,765			743,122			760,887
Accretable yield		(2,505	)		(112,847	)		(115,352	)
Basis in acquired loans at acquisition	$	15,260		$	630,275		$	645,535
Acquired from Parkvale in 2012
Contractually required cash flows at acquisition	$	12,224		$	1,327,342		$	1,339,566
Non-accretable difference (expected losses and foregone interest)		(6,070	)		(214,541	)		(220,611	)
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition		6,154			1,112,801			1,118,955
Accretable yield		(589	)		(293,594	)		(294,183	)
Basis in acquired loans at acquisition	$	5,565		$	819,207		$	824,772

The following table provides a summary of change in accretable yield for all acquired loans:

	Acquired Impaired Loans			Acquired Performing Loans			Total
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	778		$	253,375		$	254,153
Acquisitions		2,505			112,847			115,352
Reduction due to unexpected early payoffs		—			(42,582	)		(42,582	)
Reclass from non-accretable difference		8,097			8,296			16,393
Disposals/transfers		(368	)		(224	)		(592	)
Accretion		(3,556	)		(33,522	)		(37,078	)
Balance at end of period	$	7,456		$	298,190		$	305,646
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,477		$	49,229		$	51,706
Acquisitions		589			293,594			294,183
Reduction due to unexpected early payoffs		—			(57,840	)		(57,840	)
Reclass from non-accretable difference		3,539			10,915			14,454
Disposals/transfers		(49	)		(615	)		(664	)
Accretion		(5,778	)		(41,908	)		(47,686	)
Balance at end of period	$	778		$	253,375		$	254,153

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

The Corporation has acquired loans for which there was evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected.

106

Following is information about PCI loans identified in the Corporation’s acquisition of PVF:

	At Acquisition		December 31, 2013
Outstanding balance	$	29,811	$	29,642
Carrying amount		11,412		11,063
Allowance for loan losses		n/a		—
Impairment recognized since acquisition		n/a		—
Allowance reduction recognized since acquisition		n/a		—

Following is information about PCI loans identified in the Corporation’s acquisition of ANNB:

	At Acquisition		December 31, 2013
Outstanding balance	$	12,220	$	5,580
Carrying amount		3,848		2,308
Allowance for loan losses		n/a		—
Impairment recognized since acquisition		n/a		31
Allowance reduction recognized since acquisition		n/a		—

Following is information about the Corporation’s PCI loans:

	Outstanding Balance			Non-Accretable Difference			Expected Cash Flows			Accretable Yield			Recorded Investment
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	41,134		$	(23,733	)	$	17,401		$	(778	)	$	16,623
Acquisitions		42,031			(24,266	)		17,765			(2,505	)		15,260
Accretion		—			—			—			3,556			3,556
Payments received		(10,670	)		1,345			(9,325	)		—			(9,325	)
Reclass from non-accretable difference		—			8,097			8,097			(8,097	)		—
Disposals/transfers		(18,695	)		14,405			(4,290	)		368			(3,922	)
Contractual interest		2,700			(2,700	)		—			—			—
Balance at end of period	$	56,500		$	(26,852	)	$	29,648		$	(7,456	)	$	22,192
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	51,693		$	(33,377	)	$	18,316		$	(2,477	)	$	15,839
Acquisitions		9,135			(2,981	)		6,154			(589	)		5,565
Accretion		—			—			—			5,778			5,778
Payments received		(9,556	)		—			(9,556	)		—			(9,556	)
Reclass from non-accretable difference		—			3,539			3,539			(3,539	)		—
Disposals/transfers		(12,494	)		11,442			(1,052	)		49			(1,003	)
Contractual interest		2,356			(2,356	)		—			—			—
Balance at end of period	$	41,134		$	(23,733	)	$	17,401		$	(778	)	$	16,623

The accretion in the table above includes $440 in 2013 and $3,539 in 2012 that primarily represents payoffs received on certain loans in excess of expected cash flows.

107

Credit Quality

Management monitors the credit quality of the Corporation’s loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. Measurement of delinquency and past due status are based on the contractual terms of each loan.

Non-performing loans include non-accrual loans and non-performing TDRs. Past due loans are reviewed on a monthly basis to identify loans for non-accrual status. The Corporation places a loan on non-accrual status and discontinues interest accruals on originated loans generally when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for a certain number of days unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Commercial loans are placed on non-accrual at 90 days, installment loans are placed on non-accrual at 120 days and residential mortgages and consumer lines of credit are generally placed on non-accrual at 180 days. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all unpaid interest is reversed. Non-accrual loans may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and interest have been paid and the ultimate ability to collect the remaining principal and interest is reasonably assured. TDRs are loans in which the borrower has been granted a concession on the interest rate or the original repayment terms due to financial distress. Non-performing assets also include debt securities on which OTTI has been taken in the current or prior periods that have not been returned to accrual status.

Following is a summary of non-performing assets:

December 31	2013			2012
Non-accrual loans	$	58,755		$	66,004
Troubled debt restructurings		18,698			14,876
Total non-performing loans		77,453			80,880
Other real estate owned (OREO)		40,681			35,257
Total non-performing loans and OREO		118,134			116,137
Non-performing investments		797			2,809
Total non-performing assets	$	118,931		$	118,946
Asset quality ratios:
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans		0.81	%		0.99	%
Non-performing loans + OREO as a percent of total loans + OREO		1.24	%		1.42	%
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets		0.88	%		0.99	%

108

The following tables provide an analysis of the aging of loans by class segregated by loans originated and loans acquired:

	30-89 Days Past  Due		³ 90 Days Past Due  and Still Accruing		Non-Accrual		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans
Originated loans:
December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	5,428	$	252	$	40,960	$	46,640	$	2,593,788	$	2,640,428
Commercial and industrial		2,066		8		6,643		8,717		1,752,951		1,761,668
Commercial leases		714		—		734		1,448		157,447		158,895
Total commercial loans and leases		8,208		260		48,337		56,805		4,504,186		4,560,991
Direct installment		9,038		3,753		4,686		17,477		1,370,518		1,387,995
Residential mortgages		12,681		2,401		4,260		19,342		658,885		678,227
Indirect installment		5,653		471		1,060		7,184		642,517		649,701
Consumer lines of credit		1,737		1,076		412		3,225		829,443		832,668
Other		25		10		—		35		45,148		45,183
	$	37,342	$	7,971	$	58,755	$	104,068	$	8,050,697	$	8,154,765
December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	5,786	$	533	$	47,895	$	54,214	$	2,394,257	$	2,448,471
Commercial and industrial		7,310		456		6,017		13,783		1,541,518		1,555,301
Commercial leases		1,671		—		965		2,636		127,497		130,133
Total commercial loans and leases		14,767		989		54,877		70,633		4,063,272		4,133,905
Direct installment		8,834		2,717		3,342		14,893		1,093,972		1,108,865
Residential mortgages		15,821		2,365		2,891		21,077		632,749		653,826
Indirect installment		5,114		374		1,039		6,527		561,797		568,324
Consumer lines of credit		1,633		247		355		2,235		730,299		732,534
Other		36		15		3,500		3,551		36,386		39,937
	$	46,205	$	6,707	$	66,004	$	118,916	$	7,118,475	$	7,237,391

109

	30-89 Days Past Due		³ 90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing		Non- Accrual		Total Past Due (1)(2)		Current		Discount			Total Loans
Acquired Loans:
December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	13,637	$	20,668		—	$	34,305	$	619,197	$	(48,721	)	$	604,781
Commercial and industrial		1,860		1,899		—		3,759		124,415		(8,368	)		119,806
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—		—		—			—
Total commercial loans and leases		15,497		22,567		—		38,064		743,612		(57,089	)		724,587
Direct installment		1,447		1,178		—		2,625		74,917		1,699			79,241
Residential mortgages		11,464		19,298		—		30,762		412,704		(34,954	)		408,512
Indirect installment		205		31		—		236		6,267		(617	)		5,886
Consumer lines of credit		1,592		2,749		—		4,341		135,699		(6,937	)		133,103
Other		—		—		—		—		—		—			—
	$	30,205	$	45,823		—	$	76,028	$	1,373,199	$	(97,898	)	$	1,351,329
December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	6,829	$	13,597		—	$	20,426	$	250,116	$	(11,967	)	$	258,575
Commercial and industrial		1,653		138		—		1,791		47,351		(2,129	)		47,013
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—		—		—			—
Total commercial loans and leases		8,482		13,735		—		22,217		297,467		(14,096	)		305,588
Direct installment		1,454		947		—		2,401		63,502		3,762			69,665
Residential mortgages		12,137		21,069		—		33,206		439,620		(34,424	)		438,402
Indirect installment		347		56		—		403		14,089		(779	)		13,713
Consumer lines of credit		379		778		—		1,157		75,800		(3,997	)		72,960
Other		—		—		—		—		—		—			—
	$	22,799	$	36,585		—	$	59,384	$	890,478	$	(49,534	)	$	900,328

(1) Past due information for loans acquired is based on the contractual balance outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

(2) Acquired loans are considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the Corporation can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of expected cash flows on such loans. Accordingly, the Corporation does not consider acquired contractually delinquent loans to be non-accrual or non-performing and continues to recognize interest income on these loans using the accretion method.

The Corporation utilizes the following categories to monitor credit quality within its commercial loan portfolio:

Rating Category	Definition
Pass	in general, the condition of the borrower and the performance of the loan is satisfactory or better
Special Mention	in general, the condition of the borrower has deteriorated, requiring an increased level of monitoring
Substandard	in general, the condition of the borrower has significantly deteriorated and the performance of the loan could further deteriorate if deficiencies are not corrected
Doubtful	in general, the condition of the borrower has significantly deteriorated and the collection in full of both principal and interest is highly questionable or improbable

110

The use of these internally assigned credit quality categories within the commercial loan portfolio permits management’s use of migration and roll rate analysis to estimate a quantitative portion of credit risk. The Corporation’s internal credit risk grading system is based on past experiences with similarly graded loans and conforms with regulatory categories. In general, loan risk ratings within each category are reviewed on an ongoing basis according to the Corporation’s policy for each class of loans. Each quarter, management analyzes the resulting ratings, as well as other external statistics and factors such as delinquency, to track the migration performance of the commercial loan portfolio. Loans within the Pass credit category or that migrate toward the Pass credit category generally have a lower risk of loss compared to loans that migrate toward the Substandard or Doubtful credit categories. Accordingly, management applies higher risk factors to Substandard and Doubtful credit categories.

The following tables present a summary of the Corporation’s commercial loans by credit quality category segregated by loans originated and loans acquired as of December 31, 2013.

	Commercial Loan Credit Quality Categories
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Originated Loans:
December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	2,476,988	$	56,140	$	106,599	$	701	$	2,640,428
Commercial and industrial		1,611,530		97,675		52,322		141		1,761,668
Commercial leases		155,991		1,945		959		—		158,895
	$	4,244,509	$	155,760	$	159,880	$	842	$	4,560,991
December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	2,282,139	$	57,938	$	106,258	$	2,136	$	2,448,471
Commercial and industrial		1,472,598		32,227		49,814		662		1,555,301
Commercial leases		126,283		243		3,607		—		130,133
	$	3,881,020	$	90,408	$	159,679	$	2,798	$	4,133,905
Acquired Loans:
December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	442,604	$	74,315	$	85,086	$	2,776	$	604,781
Commercial and industrial		100,743		6,182		12,866		15		119,806
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—		—
	$	543,347	$	80,497	$	97,952	$	2,791	$	724,587
December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	204,300	$	14,713	$	39,093	$	469	$	258,575
Commercial and industrial		39,596		3,611		3,804		2		47,013
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—		—
	$	243,896	$	18,324	$	42,897	$	471	$	305,588

Credit quality information for acquired loans is based on the contractual balance outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase in acquired loans in 2013 relates to the PVF and ANNB acquisitions on October 12, 2013 and April 6, 2013, respectively.

The Corporation uses payment status and delinquency migration analysis within the consumer and other loan classes to enable management to estimate a quantitative portion of credit risk. Each month, management analyzes payment and volume activity, as well as other external statistics and factors such as unemployment, to determine how consumer loans are performing.

111

Following is a table showing originated consumer and other loans by payment status:

	Consumer Loan Credit Quality by Payment Status
	Performing		Non-Performing		Total
December 31, 2013
Direct installment	$	1,377,418	$	10,577	$	1,387,995
Residential mortgages		664,214		14,013		678,227
Indirect installment		648,499		1,202		649,701
Consumer lines of credit		832,071		597		832,668
Other		45,183		—		45,183
December 31, 2012
Direct installment	$	1,100,324	$	8,541	$	1,108,865
Residential mortgages		642,406		11,420		653,826
Indirect installment		567,192		1,132		568,324
Consumer lines of credit		731,788		746		732,534
Other		36,437		3,500		39,937

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the opinion of management, based on current information and events, the collection of principal and interest in accordance with the loan contract is doubtful. Typically, the Corporation does not consider loans for impairment unless a sustained period of delinquency (i.e., 90-plus days) is noted or there are subsequent events that impact repayment probability (i.e., negative financial trends, bankruptcy filings, imminent foreclosure proceedings, etc.). Impairment is evaluated in the aggregate for consumer installment loans, residential mortgages, consumer lines of credit, commercial leases and commercial loan relationships less than $500. For commercial loan relationships greater than or equal to $500, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using a market interest rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Consistent with the Corporation’s existing method of income recognition for loans, interest on impaired loans, except those classified as non-accrual, is recognized as income using the accrual method. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

112

Following is a summary of information pertaining to originated loans considered to be impaired, by class of loans:

At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2013	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment
With no specific allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	40,472	$	62,034	$	—	$	37,376
Commercial and industrial		7,301		8,669		—		8,304
Commercial leases		734		734		—		758
Total commercial loans and leases		48,507		71,437		—		46,438
Direct installment		10,577		10,830		—		10,557
Residential mortgages		14,012		14,560		—		13,565
Indirect installment		1,202		2,633		—		1,127
Consumer lines of credit		597		668		—		573
Other		—		—		—		—
With a specific allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		3,603		3,818		701		14,379
Commercial and industrial		122		130		123		126
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		3,725		3,948		824		14,505
Direct installment		—		—		—		—
Residential mortgages		—		—		—		—
Indirect installment		—		—		—		—
Consumer lines of credit		—		—		—		—
Other		—		—		—		—
Total:
Commercial real estate		44,075		65,852		701		51,755
Commercial and industrial		7,423		8,799		123		8,430
Commercial leases		734		734		—		758
Total commercial loans and leases		52,232		75,385		824		60,943
Direct installment		10,577		10,830		—		10,557
Residential mortgages		14,012		14,560		—		13,565
Indirect installment		1,202		2,633		—		1,127
Consumer lines of credit		597		668		—		573
Other		—		—		—		—

113

At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2012	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment
With no specific allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	37,119	$	50,234	$	—	$	36,426
Commercial and industrial		7,074		9,597		—		6,992
Commercial leases		965		—		—		1,053
Total commercial loans and leases		45,158		59,831		—		44,471
Direct installment		8,541		8,693		—		6,443
Residential mortgages		11,414		11,223		—		9,059
Indirect installment		1,132		2,381		—		1,133
Consumer lines of credit		746		792		—		591
Other		3,500		3,500		—		3,500
With a specific allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		12,623		21,877		2,136		14,522
Commercial and industrial		590		590		590		592
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		13,213		22,467		2,726		15,114
Direct installment		—		—		—		—
Residential mortgages		—		—		—		—
Indirect installment		—		—		—		—
Consumer lines of credit		—		—		—		—
Other		—		—		—		—
Total:
Commercial real estate		49,742		72,111		2,136		50,948
Commercial and industrial		7,664		10,187		590		7,584
Commercial leases		965		—		—		1,053
Total commercial loans and leases		58,371		82,298		2,726		59,585
Direct installment		8,541		8,693		—		6,443
Residential mortgages		11,414		11,223		—		9,059
Indirect installment		1,132		2,381		—		1,133
Consumer lines of credit		746		792		—		591
Other		3,500		3,500		—		3,500

Interest income is generally no longer recognized once a loan becomes impaired.

The above tables do not include PCI loans with a recorded investment of $22,192 at December 31, 2013 and $16,623 at December 31, 2012. These tables do not reflect the additional allowance for loan losses relating to acquired loans in the following pools and categories: commercial real estate of $3,093; commercial and industrial of $786; direct installment of $727; residential mortgages of $970; and indirect installment of $324, totaling $5,900 at December 31, 2013 and commercial real estate of $1,955; commercial and industrial of $1,140; direct installment of $657; residential mortgages of $69; and indirect installment of $359, totaling $4,180 at December 31, 2012.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

TDRs are loans whose contractual terms have been modified in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from loss mitigation activities and could include the extension of a maturity date, interest rate reduction, principal forgiveness, deferral or decrease in payments for a period of time and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral.

114

Following is a summary of the composition of total TDRs:

December 31	2013		2012
Accruing:
Performing	$	10,220	$	12,659
Non-performing		18,698		14,876
Non-accrual		12,705		12,385
	$	41,623	$	39,920

TDRs that are accruing and performing include loans that the Corporation can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and for which the Corporation expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. During 2013, the Corporation returned to performing status $2,952 in restructured loans, a majority of which were secured by residential mortgages, after these borrowers consistently met their modified obligations for more than six months. TDRs that are accruing and non-performing are comprised of both consumer and commercial loans that have not yet demonstrated a full six month repayment cycle based upon the modified terms though it is still expected that the Corporation will collect all future principal and interest payments. TDRs that are on non-accrual are not placed on accruing status until all delinquent principal and interest have been paid and the ultimate collectability of the remaining principal and interest is reasonably assured. Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest under their modified terms, and could result in potential incremental losses which are factored into the allowance for loan losses.

Excluding purchased impaired loans, commercial loans over $500 whose terms have been modified in a TDR are generally placed on non-accrual, individually analyzed and measured for estimated impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses included specific reserves for commercial TDRs of $561 and $41 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and pooled reserves for individual loans under $500 of $193 and $297 for those same periods, based on historical loss experience. Upon default, the amount of the recorded investment in the TDR in excess of the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs is generally considered a confirmed loss and is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses.

All other classes of loans, which are primarily secured by residential properties, whose terms have been modified in a TDR are pooled and measured for estimated impairment based on the expected net present value of the estimated future cash flows of the pool. The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses included pooled reserves for these classes of loans of $1,005 and $1,455 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Upon default of an individual loan, the Corporation’s charge-off policy is followed accordingly for that class of loan.

115

The majority of TDRs are the result of interest rate concessions for a limited period of time. Following is a summary of loans, by class, that have been restructured:

Year Ended December 31	2013						2012
	Number of Contracts		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Number of Contracts		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial real estate		10	$	4,439	$	3,588		21	$	4,067	$	4,505
Commercial and industrial		—		—		—		8		389		257
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		10		4,439		3,588		29		4,456		4,762
Direct installment		409		4,198		3,971		362		3,876		3,763
Residential mortgages		54		2,464		2,366		56		2,232		2,814
Indirect installment		28		117		107		31		169		151
Consumer lines of credit		19		148		143		20		214		315
Other		—		—		—		—		—		—
		520	$	11,366	$	10,175		498	$	10,947	$	11,805

Following is a summary of TDRs, by class of loans, for which there was a payment default, excluding loans that were either charged-off or cured by period end. Default occurs when a loan is 90 days or more past due and is within 12 months of restructuring.

Year Ended December 31	2013				2012
	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment  (1)		Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment  (1)
Commercial real estate		1	$	737		—	$	—
Commercial and industrial		1		12		—		—
Commercial leases		—		—		—		—
Total commercial loans and leases		2		749		—		—
Direct installment		76		380		38		249
Residential mortgages		7		303		5		229
Indirect installment		6		36		3		5
Consumer lines of credit		1		85		—		—
Other		—		—		—		—
		92	$	1,553		46	$	483

(1) The recorded investment is as of period end.

116

Allowance for Loan Losses

Following is a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses, by loan class:

	Balance at Beginning of Year		Charge- Offs			Recoveries			Net Charge- Offs			Provision for Loan Losses			Balance at End of Year
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	34,810	$	(5,465	)	$	1,799		$	(3,666	)	$	1,404		$	32,548
Commercial and industrial		31,849		(5,124	)		2,108			(3,016	)		3,770			32,603
Commercial leases		1,744		(432	)		179			(253	)		412			1,903
Total commercial loans and leases		68,403		(11,021	)		4,086			(6,935	)		5,586			67,054
Direct installment		15,130		(9,059	)		931			(8,128	)		10,822			17,824
Residential mortgages		5,155		(1,345	)		162			(1,183	)		1,864			5,836
Indirect installment		5,449		(3,337	)		773			(2,564	)		3,524			6,409
Consumer lines of credit		6,057		(1,974	)		274			(1,700	)		2,874			7,231
Other		—		(965	)		—			(965	)		1,495			530
Total allowance on originated loans		100,194		(27,701	)		6,226			(21,475	)		26,165			104,884
Purchased credit-impaired loans		759		(299	)		—			(299	)		540			1,000
Other acquired loans		3,421		(2,530	)		(376	)		(2,906	)		4,385			4,900
Total allowance on acquired loans		4,180		(2,829	)		(376	)		(3,205	)		4,925			5,900
Total allowance	$	104,374	$	(30,530	)	$	5,850		$	(24,680	)	$	31,090		$	110,784
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	43,283	$	(8,688	)	$	1,765		$	(6,923	)	$	(1,550	)	$	34,810
Commercial and industrial		25,476		(8,098	)		693			(7,405	)		13,778			31,849
Commercial leases		1,556		(509	)		224			(285	)		473			1,744
Total commercial loans and leases		70,315		(17,295	)		2,682			(14,613	)		12,701			68,403
Direct installment		14,814		(7,875	)		942			(6,933	)		7,249			15,130
Residential mortgages		4,437		(1,050	)		194			(856	)		1,574			5,155
Indirect installment		5,503		(2,926	)		605			(2,321	)		2,267			5,449
Consumer lines of credit		5,447		(2,137	)		234			(1,903	)		2,513			6,057
Other		146		(1,039	)		14			(1,025	)		879			—
Total allowance on originated loans		100,662		(32,322	)		4,671			(27,651	)		27,183			100,194
Purchased credit-impaired loans		—		—			—			—			759			759
Other acquired loans		—		(254	)		315			61			3,360			3,421
Total allowance on acquired loans		—		(254	)		315			61			4,119			4,180
Total allowance	$	100,662	$	(32,576	)	$	4,986		$	(27,590	)	$	31,302		$	104,374
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Commercial real estate	$	49,924	$	(21,018	)	$	594		$	(20,424	)	$	13,783		$	43,283
Commercial and industrial		24,682		(3,642	)		368			(3,274	)		4,068			25,476
Commercial leases		1,070		(567	)		75			(492	)		978			1,556
Total commercial loans and leases		75,676		(25,227	)		1,037			(24,190	)		18,829			70,315
Direct installment		14,941		(8,874	)		876			(7,998	)		7,871			14,814
Residential mortgages		4,578		(1,261	)		67			(1,194	)		1,053			4,437
Indirect installment		5,941		(2,957	)		501			(2,456	)		2,018			5,503
Consumer lines of credit		4,743		(2,110	)		213			(1,897	)		2,601			5,447
Other		241		(1,194	)		31			(1,163	)		1,068			146
Total allowance on originated loans		106,120		(41,623	)		2,725			(38,898	)		33,440			100,662
Purchased credit-impaired loans		—		(208	)		7			(201	)		201			—
Other acquired loans		—		—			—			—			—			—
Total allowance on acquired loans		—		(208	)		7			(201	)		201			—
Total allowance	$	106,120	$	(41,831	)	$	2,732		$	(39,099	)	$	33,641		$	100,662

117

Following is a summary of the individual and collective originated allowance for loan losses and corresponding originated loan balances by class:

	Allowance				Loans Outstanding
	Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Originated Loans		Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment
December 31, 2013
Commercial real estate	$	701	$	31,847	$	2,640,428	$	30,133	$	2,610,295
Commercial and industrial		123		32,480		1,761,668		4,243		1,757,425
Commercial leases		—		1,903		158,895		—		158,895
Total commercial loans and leases		824		66,230		4,560,991		34,376		4,526,615
Direct installment		—		17,824		1,387,995		—		1,387,995
Residential mortgages		—		5,836		678,227		—		678,227
Indirect installment		—		6,409		649,701		—		649,701
Consumer lines of credit		—		7,231		832,668		—		832,668
Other		—		530		45,183		—		45,183
	$	824	$	104,060	$	8,154,765	$	34,376	$	8,120,389
December 31, 2012
Commercial real estate	$	2,136	$	32,674	$	2,448,471	$	35,024	$	2,413,447
Commercial and industrial		590		31,259		1,555,301		1,624		1,553,677
Commercial leases		—		1,744		130,133		—		130,133
Total commercial loans and leases		2,726		65,677		4,133,905		36,648		4,097,257
Direct installment		—		15,130		1,108,865		—		1,108,865
Residential mortgages		—		5,155		653,826		—		653,826
Indirect installment		—		5,449		568,324		—		568,324
Consumer lines of credit		—		6,057		732,534		—		732,534
Other		—		—		39,937		—		39,937
	$	2,726	$	97,468	$	7,237,391	$	36,648	$	7,200,743

The above table excludes acquired loans that were pooled into groups of loans for evaluating impairment.

7.    Premises and Equipment

Following is a summary of premises and equipment:

December 31	2013			2012
Land	$	34,234		$	31,196
Premises		135,633			128,259
Equipment		117,228			101,144
		287,095			260,599
Accumulated depreciation		(133,063	)		(120,232	)
	$	154,032		$	140,367

Depreciation expense for premises and equipment was $15,558 for 2013, $13,937 for 2012 and $12,457 for 2011.

The Corporation has operating leases extending to 2045 for certain land, office locations and equipment, many of which have renewal options. Leases that expire are generally expected to be replaced by other leases. Lease costs are expensed in accordance with ASC 840, Leases, taking into account escalation clauses. Rental expense was $10,443 for 2013, $8,784 for 2012 and $6,960 for 2011.

118

Total minimum rental commitments under such leases were $66,055 at December 31, 2013. Following is a summary of future minimum lease payments for years following December 31, 2013:

2014	$	9,994
2015		8,769
2016		7,743
2017		7,131
2018		5,545
Later years		26,873

8.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table shows a rollforward of goodwill by line of business:

	Community Banking		Wealth Manage- ment		Insurance		Consumer Finance		Total
Balance at January 1, 2012	$	549,683	$	8,020	$	8,950	$	1,809	$	568,462
Goodwill additions		107,093		—		—		—		107,093
Balance at December 31, 2012		656,776		8,020		8,950		1,809		675,555
Goodwill additions		88,693		—		—		—		88,693
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	745,469	$	8,020	$	8,950	$	1,809	$	764,248

The Corporation recorded goodwill during 2013 and 2012 as a result of the purchase accounting adjustments relating to the acquisitions of PVF, ANNB and Parkvale.

The following table shows a summary of core deposit intangibles, customer and renewal lists and other intangible assets:

	Core Deposit Intangibles			Customer and Renewal Lists			Other Intangible Assets			Total Finite- lived Intangibles
December 31, 2013
Gross carrying amount	$	97,698		$	10,970		$	10,380		$	119,048
Accumulated amortization		(62,793	)		(6,407	)		(2,240	)		(71,440	)
	$	34,905		$	4,563		$	8,140		$	47,608
December 31, 2012
Gross carrying amount	$	87,056		$	10,970		$	1,859		$	99,885
Accumulated amortization		(55,095	)		(5,698	)		(1,241	)		(62,034	)
	$	31,961		$	5,272		$	618		$	37,851

Core deposit intangibles are being amortized primarily over 10 years using straight-line and accelerated methods. Customer and renewal lists and other intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives which range from eight to twelve years.

119

Amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets totaled $8,407 for 2013, $8,924 for 2012 and $7,040 for 2011. Following is a summary of the expected amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets, assuming no new additions, for each of the five years following December 31, 2013:

2014	$	8,615
2015		6,590
2016		5,580
2017		4,855
2018		3,379

Goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed annually for impairment, and more frequently if impairment indicators exist. The Corporation completed this review in 2013 and 2012 and determined that its intangible assets are not impaired.

9.    Deposits

Following is a summary of deposits:

December 31	2013		2012
Non-interest bearing demand	$	2,200,081	$	1,738,195
Savings and NOW		5,392,078		4,808,121
Certificates and other time deposits		2,606,073		2,535,858
	$	10,198,232	$	9,082,174

Time deposits of $100,000 or more were $857,470 and $795,113 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Following is a summary of these time deposits by remaining maturity at December 31, 2013:

	Certificates of Deposit		Other Time Deposits		Total
Three months or less	$	117,298	$	10,297	$	127,595
Three to six months		121,512		8,659		130,171
Six to twelve months		190,656		25,468		216,124
Over twelve months		258,989		124,591		383,580
	$	688,455	$	169,015	$	857,470

Following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of certificates and other time deposits for the years following December 31, 2013:

2014	$	1,499,828
2015		485,809
2016		279,663
2017		211,214
2018		93,915
Later years		35,644

120

10.    Short-Term Borrowings

Following is a summary of short-term borrowings:

December 31	2013		2012
Securities sold under repurchase agreements	$	841,741	$	807,820
Federal funds purchased		270,000		140,000
Subordinated notes		129,498		135,318
	$	1,241,239	$	1,083,138

Securities sold under repurchase agreements is comprised of customer repurchase agreements, which are sweep accounts with next day maturities utilized by larger commercial customers to earn interest on their funds. Securities are pledged to these customers in an amount equal to the outstanding balance.

The weighted average interest rates on short-term borrowings during 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 0.43%, 0.53% and 0.84%, respectively. The weighted average interest rates on short-term borrowings at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 0.41%, 0.47% and 0.71%, respectively.

11.    Long-Term Debt

Following is a summary of long-term debt:

December 31	2013		2012
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	$	50,076	$	88
Subordinated notes		84,637		79,897
Other subordinated debt		8,637		8,850
Convertible subordinated notes		578		590
	$	143,928	$	89,425

The Corporation’s banking affiliate has available credit with the FHLB of $3,349,926, of which $50,076 was used as of December 31, 2013. These advances are secured by loans collateralized by 1-4 family mortgages and FHLB stock and are scheduled to mature in various amounts periodically through the year 2019. Effective interest rates paid on these advances ranged from 1.06% to 4.19% for 2013 and 3.78% to 4.19% for 2012.

Subordinated notes are unsecured and subordinated to other indebtedness of the Corporation. The long-term subordinated notes mature in various amounts periodically through the year 2022. At December 31, 2013, all of the long-term subordinated debt is redeemable by the holders prior to maturity at a discount equal to three to twelve months of interest, depending on the term of the note. The Corporation may require the holder to give 30 days prior written notice. No sinking fund is required and none has been established to retire the debt. The weighted average interest rate on long-term subordinated debt was 2.77% at December 31, 2013, 3.18% at December 31, 2012 and 3.85% at December 31, 2011.

The Corporation assumed other subordinated notes totaling $8,000 in conjunction with an acquisition. The Corporation recorded a purchase accounting adjustment of $1,275, which is amortizing over the life of the notes, to reflect these notes at their fair value at the time of the acquisition. These subordinated notes carry a fixed-rate of 8.0% and mature in 2016. The Corporation may elect to redeem the notes, subject to regulatory approval, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The noteholders have been notified of the Corporation’s intention to redeem the notes by April 1, 2014.

The Corporation assumed 5% convertible subordinated notes in conjunction with an acquisition. These subordinated notes mature in 2018 and are convertible into shares of the Corporation’s common stock at any time

121

prior to maturity at $12.50 per share. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation has reserved 46,200 shares of common stock for issuance in the event the convertible subordinated notes are converted. The Corporation may elect to redeem the notes, subject to regulatory approval, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The noteholders have been notified of the Corporation’s intention to redeem the notes in February 2014.

Scheduled annual maturities for all of the long-term debt for the years following December 31, 2013 are as follows:

2014	$	28,546
2015		23,023
2016		75,409
2017		10,445
2018		3,077
Later years		3,428

12.    Junior Subordinated Debt

The Corporation has three unconsolidated subsidiary trusts (collectively, the Trusts): F.N.B. Statutory Trust II, Omega Financial Capital Trust I and Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I. One hundred percent of the common equity of each Trust is owned by the Corporation. The Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing Corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities (TPS) to third-party investors. The proceeds from the sale of TPS and the issuance of common equity by the Trusts were invested in junior subordinated debt securities (subordinated debt) issued by the Corporation, which are the sole assets of each Trust. Since the third-party investors are the primary beneficiaries, the Trusts qualify as variable interest entities (VIEs) and are not consolidated in the Corporation’s financial statements. The Trusts pay dividends on the TPS at the same rate as the distributions paid by the Corporation on the junior subordinated debt held by the Trusts. Omega Financial Capital Trust I and Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I were acquired as a result of a previous acquisition.

Distributions on the subordinated debt issued to the Trusts are recorded as interest expense by the Corporation. The TPS are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the subordinated debt. The TPS are eligible for redemption, at any time, at the Corporation’s discretion. The subordinated debt, net of the Corporation’s investment in the Trusts, qualifies as tier 1 capital under the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) guidelines. Under recently issued capital guidelines, these TPS obligations are subject to phase-out limitations as to their continued eligibility to qualify as tier 1 capital when total assets of the Corporation exceed $15,000,000. The Corporation has entered into agreements which, when taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the obligations under the TPS subject to the terms of each of the guarantees.

During the second quarter of 2013, $15,000 of the Corporation-issued TPS was repurchased at a discount and the related debt extinguished. This $15,000 was opportunistically purchased at auction and represents a portion of the underlying collateral of a pooled TPS that was liquidated by the trustee. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Corporation redeemed $115,000 of the Corporation-issued TPS in conjunction with its capital raise completed during the same quarter. The regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2013 reflect the reduction of $130,000 of TPS.

122

The following table provides information relating to the Trusts as of December 31, 2013:

	Trust Preferred Securities		Common Securities		Junior Subordinated Debt		Stated Maturity Date		Interest Rate
F.N.B. Statutory Trust II	$	21,500	$	665	$	22,165		6/15/36		1.89	%	Variable; LIBOR + 165 basis points (bps)
Omega Financial Capital Trust I		36,000		1,114		36,029		10/18/34		2.44	%	Variable; LIBOR + 219 bps
Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I		16,500		511		17,011		2/22/31		10.20	%	Fixed
	$	74,000	$	2,290	$	75,205

The Sun Bancorp Statutory Trust I holders have been notified of the Corporation’s intention to redeem their debt in February 2014.

13.    Derivative Instruments

The Corporation is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Corporation principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Corporation manages economic risks, including interest rate risk, primarily by managing the amount, source, and duration of its assets and liabilities, and through the use of derivative instruments. Interest rate swaps are the primary derivative instrument used by the Corporation for interest rate management. The Corporation also uses derivative instruments to facilitate transactions on behalf of its customers.

Commercial Borrower Derivatives

The Corporation enters into interest rate swap agreements to meet the financing, interest rate and equity risk management needs of qualifying commercial loan customers. These agreements provide the customer the ability to convert from variable to fixed interest rates. The Corporation then enters into positions with a derivative counterparty in order to offset its exposure on the fixed components of the customer agreements. The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans and is subject to normal credit policies and monitoring. The Corporation seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk by entering into transactions with only high-quality institutions. These arrangements meet the definition of derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The interest rate swap agreement with the loan customer and with the counterparty is reported at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet with any resulting gain or loss recorded in current period earnings as other income or other expense.

Risk Management Derivatives

The Corporation entered into four separate interest rate derivative agreements between December 2012 and August 2013 in order to manage its net interest income by increasing the stability of the net interest income over a range of potential interest rate scenarios. Interest rate swaps are also used to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to interest rate changes. These agreements are designated as cash flow hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows). The effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately. Gains and losses from hedge ineffectiveness recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income were not material for the year ended December 31, 2013.

123

In accordance with the requirements of ASU No. 2011-04, the Corporation made an accounting policy election to use the portfolio exception with respect to measuring derivative instruments, consistent with the guidance in ASC 820. The Corporation further documents that it meets the criteria for this exception as follows:

• The Corporation manages credit risk for its derivative positions on a counterparty-by-counterparty basis, consistent with its risk management strategy for such transactions. The Corporation manages credit risk by considering indicators of risk such as credit ratings, and by negotiating terms in its master netting arrangements and credit support annex documentation with each individual counterparty. Review of credit risk plays a central role in the decision of which counterparties to consider for such relationships and when deciding with whom it will enter into derivative transactions.

• Since the effective date of ASC 820, the Corporation’s management has monitored and measured credit risk and calculated credit valuation adjustments (CVAs) for its derivative transactions on a counterparty-by-counterparty basis. Management receives reports from an independent third-party valuation specialist on a monthly basis to assist in determining CVAs by counterparty for purposes of reviewing and managing its credit risk exposures. Since the portfolio exception applies only to the fair value measurement and not to the financial statement presentation, the portfolio-level adjustments are then allocated in a reasonable and consistent manner each period to the individual assets or liabilities that make up the counterparty derivative portfolio, in accordance with the Corporation’s accounting policy elections.

The Corporation notes that key market participants take into account the existence of such arrangements that mitigate credit risk exposure in the event of default. As such, the Corporation formally elects to apply the portfolio exception in ASC 820 with respect to measuring counterparty credit risk for all of its derivative transactions subject to master netting arrangements.

At December 31, 2013, the Corporation was party to 312 swaps with customers with notional amounts totaling $828,576 and 278 swaps with derivative counterparties with notional amounts totaling $1,028,576.

124

Derivative assets are classified in the balance sheet under “other assets” and derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet under “other liabilities.” The following tables present information about derivative assets and derivative liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements as well as those not subject to enforceable master netting arrangements:

	Gross Amount		Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet		Net Amount Presented in the Balance Sheet
Offsetting of Derivative Assets:
December 31, 2013
Derivative assets subject to master netting arrangement:
Interest rate contracts	$	3,547		—	$	3,547
Equity contracts		32		—		32
Derivative assets not subject to master netting arrangement:
Interest rate contracts		29,738		—		29,738
Total derivative assets	$	33,317		—	$	33,317
December 31, 2012
Derivative assets subject to master netting arrangement:
Equity contracts	$	16		—	$	16
Derivative assets not subject to master netting arrangement:
Interest rate contracts		57,992		—		57,992
Total derivative assets	$	58,008		—	$	58,008
Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities:
December 31, 2013
Derivative liabilities subject to master netting arrangement:
Interest rate contracts	$	40,323		—	$	40,323
Derivative liabilities not subject to master netting arrangement:
Interest rate contracts		3,014		—		3,014
Equity contracts		32		—		32
Total derivative liabilities	$	43,369		—	$	43,369
December 31, 2012
Derivative liabilities subject to master netting arrangement:
Interest rate contracts	$	58,134		—	$	58,134
Derivative liabilities not subject to master netting arrangement:
Equity contracts		16		—		16
Total derivative liabilities	$	58,150		—	$	58,150

125

The following tables present a reconciliation of the net amounts of derivative assets and derivative liabilities presented in the balance sheet to the net amounts that would result in the event of offset:

			Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet
	Net Amount Presented in the Balance Sheet		Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral Received		Net Amount
Derivative Assets:
December 31, 2013
Counterparty B	$	24	$	24	$	—	$	—
Counterparty D		566		566		—		—
Counterparty E		1,696		1,696		—		—
Counterparty F		355		273		—		82
Counterparty G		251		251		—		—
Counterparty I		634		634		—		—
Counterparty J		53		—		53		—
	$	3,579	$	3,444	$	53	$	82
December 31, 2012
Counterparty E	$	16		—		—	$	16
Derivative Liabilities:
December 31, 2013
Counterparty A	$	4,934	$	4,934	$	—	$	—
Counterparty B		3,249		3,249		—		—
Counterparty C		1,431		1,431		—		—
Counterparty D		9,614		9,614		—		—
Counterparty E		6,257		6,257		—		—
Counterparty F		13		13		—		—
Counterparty G		5,309		5,309		—		—
Counterparty H		2,257		125		—		2,132
Counterparty I		5,649		5,649		—		—
Counterparty J		1,610		—		1,610		—
	$	40,323	$	36,581	$	1,610	$	2,132
December 31, 2012
Counterparty A	$	8,393	$	8,393		—	$	—
Counterparty B		5,601		5,601		—		—
Counterparty C		2,145		2,145		—		—
Counterparty D		12,354		12,354		—		—
Counterparty E		8,846		8,846		—		—
Counterparty F		353		282		—		71
Counterparty G		5,497		5,497		—		—
Counterparty H		3,937		1,775		—		2,162
Counterparty I		11,008		11,008		—		—
	$	58,134	$	55,901		—	$	2,233

126

The following table presents the effect of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments on the income statement:

	Income Statement Location		Year Ended December 31,
			2013			2012		2011
Interest Rate Products		Other income	$	(39	)	$	167	$	(635	)

The Corporation has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Corporation defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Corporation could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. The Corporation also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision that if the Corporation fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Corporation would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. Certain of the Corporation’s agreements with its derivative counterparties contain provisions where if a material or adverse change occurs that materially changes the Corporation’s creditworthiness in an adverse manner, the Corporation may be required to fully collateralize its obligations under the derivative instrument.

Interest rate swap agreements generally require posting of collateral by either party under certain conditions. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the fair value of counterparty derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for non-performance risk related to these agreements, was $38,239 and $59,341, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation has posted collateral with derivative counterparties with a fair value of $37,427 and cash collateral of $1,976. At December 31, 2012, the Corporation had posted collateral with derivative counterparties with a fair value of $60,062, of with none was cash collateral. Additionally, if the Corporation had breached its agreements with its derivative counterparties it would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value and would be required to pay an additional $2,224 and $2,428 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in excess of amounts previously posted as collateral with the respective counterparty.

The Corporation has entered into interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans to secondary market investors. These arrangements are considered derivative instruments. The fair values of the Corporation’s rate lock commitments to customers and commitments with investors at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are not material.

14.    Commitments, Credit Risk and Contingencies

The Corporation has commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit that involve certain elements of credit risk in excess of the amount stated in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the customer is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The credit risk associated with loan commitments and standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements.

Following is a summary of off-balance sheet credit risk information:

December 31	2013		2012
Commitments to extend credit	$	2,897,748	$	2,600,355
Standby letters of credit		114,298		130,912

At December 31, 2013, funding of 81.3% of the commitments to extend credit was dependent on the financial condition of the customer. The Corporation has the ability to withdraw such commitments at its

127

discretion. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer, collateral may be deemed necessary. Collateral requirements vary and may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Corporation that may require payment at a future date. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is quantified on a quarterly basis, through the review of historical performance of the Corporation’s portfolios and allocated as a liability on the Corporation’s balance sheet.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries are involved in various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. These actions include claims brought against the Corporation and its subsidiaries where the Corporation or a subsidiary acted as one or more of the following: a depository bank, lender, underwriter, fiduciary, financial advisor, broker or was engaged in other business activities. Although the ultimate outcome for any asserted claim cannot be predicted with certainty, the Corporation believes that it and its subsidiaries have valid defenses for all asserted claims. Reserves are established for legal claims when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Corporation does not anticipate, at the present time, that the aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial position. However, the Corporation cannot determine whether or not any claims asserted against it will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations in any future reporting period.

Annapolis Bancorp, Inc. Stockholder Litigation

On November 8, 2012, a purported stockholder of ANNB filed a derivative complaint on behalf of ANNB in the Circuit Court for Anne Arundel County, Maryland, captioned Andera v. Lerner, et al., Case no. 02C12173766, and naming as defendants ANNB, its board of directors and the Corporation. The lawsuit makes various allegations against the defendants, including that the merger consideration is inadequate and undervalues the company, that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duties to ANNB in approving the merger, and that the Corporation aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally seeks an injunction barring the defendants from consummating the merger. In addition, the lawsuit seeks rescission of the merger agreement to the extent already implemented or, in the alternative, award of rescissory damages, an accounting to plaintiff for all damages caused by the defendants and for all profits and special benefits obtained as a result of the defendants’ alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, and an award of the costs and expenses incurred in the action, including a reasonable allowance for counsel fees and expert fees.

On February 7, 2013, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint with additional allegations regarding certain purported non-disclosures relating to the proxy statement/prospectus for the pending merger filed with the SEC on January 23, 2013. On February 22, 2013, ANNB, the ANNB board of directors, the Corporation and the plaintiff reached an agreement in principle to settle the action, and executed a Stipulation of Settlement on June 28, 2013, that memorialized the agreement in writing. As part of the agreement to settle the action, the Corporation and ANNB agreed to disclose additional information in the proxy statement/prospectus filed on February 25, 2013. No substantive term of the merger agreement was modified as part of this settlement. On July 3, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for preliminary approval of the settlement, and on September 18, 2013, the court entered an order preliminarily approving the settlement. On November 25, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for final approval of the settlement. On December 10, 2013, the court held a final fairness hearing and, at the conclusion of the hearing, granted final approval of the settlement.

128

BCSB Bancorp Stockholder Litigation

On December 9, 2013, a purported stockholder of BCSB filed a putative class action and derivative complaint in the Circuit Court for Baltimore County, Maryland, captioned Darr v. BCSB Bancorp, Inc., et al., at Case No. 03-C-13-014034, and naming as defendants BCSB, its board of directors and the Corporation. The lawsuit makes various allegations against the defendants relating to the Corporation’s proposed acquisition of BCSB, including that the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 19, 2013 in connection with the proposed acquisition omits certain information allegedly necessary for BCSB’s stockholders to make an informed vote on the proposed transaction, that the director defendants breached their fiduciary duties to BCSB in approving the proposed transaction and that the Corporation aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally sought an injunction barring the defendants from consummating the merger transaction. Alternatively, if the companies were to complete the transaction before the court entered judgment, the lawsuit sought rescission of the merger or, in the alternative, rescissory damages, an accounting for all resulting damages and for all profits and any special benefits defendants obtained as a result of the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, and an award for the costs and expenses incurred in the lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and costs. On January 30, 2014, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed its complaint.

15.     Stock Incentive Plans

Restricted Stock

The Corporation issues restricted stock awards, consisting of both restricted stock and restricted stock units, to key employees under its Incentive Compensation Plans (Plans). The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards is equal to the price of the Corporation’s common stock on the grant date. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Corporation issued 361,664, 321,295 and 407,980 restricted stock awards, respectively, with weighted average grant date fair values of $4,016, $3,884 and $4,110, respectively, under these Plans. The Corporation has available up to 2,716,902 shares of common stock to issue under these Plans.

Under the Plans, more than half of the restricted stock awards granted to management are earned if the Corporation meets or exceeds certain financial performance results when compared to its peers. These performance-related awards are expensed ratably from the date that the likelihood of meeting the performance measure is probable through the end of a four-year vesting period. The service-based awards are expensed ratably over a three-year vesting period. The Corporation also issues discretionary service-based awards to certain employees that vest over five years.

The unvested restricted stock awards are eligible to receive cash dividends or dividend equivalents which are ultimately used to purchase additional shares of stock. Any additional shares of stock received as a result of cash dividends are subject to forfeiture if the requisite service period is not completed or the specified performance criteria are not met. These awards are subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions upon retirement, death, disability or in the event of a change of control as defined in the award agreements.

Share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was $5,063, $3,758 and $4,396 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the tax benefit of which was $1,772, $1,315 and $1,538, respectively.

129

The following table summarizes certain information concerning restricted stock awards:

	2013			Weighted Average Grant Price per Share		2012			Weighted Average Grant Price per Share		2011			Weighted Average Grant Price per Share
Unvested shares outstanding at beginning of year		1,913,073		$	9.17		1,846,115		$	8.44		1,309,489		$	8.52
Granted		361,664			11.10		321,295			12.09		407,980			10.07
Net adjustment due to performance		165,545			9.60		28,181			8.31		229,516			8.40
Vested		(734,129	)		7.90		(179,767	)		8.24		(172,029	)		13.57
Forfeited		(37,828	)		10.42		(179,132	)		8.50		(1,749	)		10.09
Dividend reinvestment		60,708			11.82		76,381			11.19		72,908			10.01
Unvested shares outstanding at end of year		1,729,033			10.23		1,913,073			9.17		1,846,115			8.44

The total fair value of shares vested was $8,259, $2,193 and $1,767 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $4,891 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards granted, $71 of which is subject to accelerated vesting under the plan’s immediate vesting upon retirement provision for awards granted prior to the adoption of ASC 718. The components of the restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

	Service- Based Awards		Performance- Based Awards		Total
Unvested shares		446,239		1,282,794		1,729,033
Unrecognized compensation expense	$	1,671	$	3,220	$	4,891
Intrinsic value	$	5,632	$	16,189	$	21,821
Weighted average remaining life (in years)		2.16		2.22		2.20

Stock Options

The Corporation did not grant stock options during 2013, 2012 or 2011. All outstanding stock options were granted at prices equal to the fair value at the date of the grant, are primarily exercisable within ten years from the date of the grant and are fully vested. The Corporation issues shares of treasury stock or authorized but unissued shares to satisfy stock options exercised. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options were 69,429 for 2013, 182,188 for 2012 and 8,389 for 2011.

The following table summarizes certain information concerning stock options:

	2013			Weighted Average Price per Share		2012			Weighted Average Price per Share		2011			Weighted Average Price per Share
Options outstanding at beginning of year		640,050		$	13.21		586,020		$	14.93		770,610		$	14.28
Assumed from acquisition		274,964			11.16		627,808			10.41		—			—
Exercised		(69,429	)		7.46		(182,188	)		8.87		(8,389	)		2.68
Forfeited		(312,061	)		15.58		(391,590	)		13.32		(176,201	)		12.67
Options outstanding and exercisable at end of year		533,524			11.51		640,050			13.21		586,020			14.93

130

Upon consummation of the Corporation’s acquisitions, all outstanding stock options issued by the acquired companies were converted into equivalent Corporation stock options.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013:

Range of Exercise Prices	Options Outstanding and Exercisable		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Years		Weighted Average Exercise Price
$3.45 - $5.18		57,517		5.33	$	4.32
$5.19 - $7.78		159,503		5.21		6.14
$7.79 - $11.68		—		—		—
$11.69 - $17.54		259,927		3.11		12.67
$17.55 - $26.32		16,375		0.00		18.51
$26.33 - $36.42		40,202		0.79		32.81
		533,524

The intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2013 was $559.

The following table summarizes certain information relating to stock options exercised:

Year Ended December 31	2013		2012		2011
Proceeds from stock options exercised	$	365	$	864	$	22
Tax benefit recognized from stock options exercised		79		96		22
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised		318		435		63

Warrants

In conjunction with its participation in the CPP, the Corporation issued to the UST a warrant to purchase up to 1,302,083 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. Pursuant to Section 13(H) of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant has been reduced in half to 651,042 shares as of June 16, 2009, the date the Corporation completed a public offering. The warrant, which expires in 2019, has an exercise price of $11.52 per share.

In connection with the Parkvale acquisition, the warrant issued by Parkvale to the UST under the CPP was converted into a warrant to purchase up to 819,640 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. This warrant, which was recorded at its fair value on January 1, 2012, expires in 2018 and has an exercise price of $5.81 per share.

In conjunction with the ANNB acquisition, the warrant issued by ANNB to the UST under the CPP has been converted into a warrant to purchase up to 342,564 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The warrant, which was recorded at its fair value on April 6, 2013, expires in 2019 and has an exercise price of $3.57 per share.

16.    Retirement Plans

The Corporation sponsors the Retirement Income Plan (RIP), a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that covered substantially all salaried employees hired prior to January 1, 2008. The RIP covers employees who satisfied minimum age and length of service requirements. During 2006, the Corporation amended the RIP such that effective January 1, 2007 benefits were earned based on the employee’s compensation each year. The Corporation’s funding guideline has been to make annual contributions to the RIP each year, if necessary, such that minimum funding requirements have been met. The RIP was frozen as of December 31, 2010.

131

The Corporation also sponsors two supplemental non-qualified retirement plans. The ERISA Excess Retirement Plan provides retirement benefits equal to the difference, if any, between the maximum benefit allowable under the Internal Revenue Code and the amount that would be provided under the RIP, if no limits were applied. The Basic Retirement Plan (BRP) is applicable to certain officers whom the Board of Directors designates. Officers participating in the BRP receive a benefit based on a target benefit percentage based on years of service at retirement and a designated tier as determined by the Board of Directors. When a participant retires, the basic benefit under the BRP is a monthly benefit equal to the target benefit percentage times the participant’s highest average monthly cash compensation during five consecutive calendar years within the last ten calendar years of employment. This monthly benefit was reduced by the monthly benefit the participant receives from Social Security, the RIP, the ERISA Excess Retirement Plan and the annuity equivalent of the three percent automatic contributions to the qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan and the ERISA Excess Lost Match Plan. The BRP was frozen as of December 31, 2008. The ERISA Excess Retirement Plan was frozen as of December 31, 2010.

The following tables provide information relating to the accumulated benefit obligation, change in benefit obligation, change in plan assets, the plans’ funded status and the amount included in the consolidated balance sheet for the qualified and non-qualified plans described above (collectively, the Plans):

December 31	2013			2012
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	139,483		$	153,606
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	153,958		$	143,307
Service cost		65			59
Interest cost		5,728			6,173
Actuarial (gain) loss		(13,486	)		11,558
Benefits paid		(6,534	)		(7,139	)
Projected benefit obligation at end of year	$	139,731		$	153,958
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	113,416		$	105,330
Actual return on plan assets		16,534			8,899
Corporation contribution		16,321			6,326
Benefits paid		(6,534	)		(7,139	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	139,737		$	113,416
Funded status of plans	$	6		$	(40,542	)

The unrecognized actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition obligation are required to be recognized into earnings over the average remaining participant life due to the freezing of the RIP, which may, on a net basis reduce future earnings.

Actuarial assumptions used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation in the Plans are as follows:

Assumptions at December 31	2013			2012
Weighted average discount rate		4.68	%		3.78	%
Rates of average increase in compensation levels		4.00	%		4.00	%

The discount rate assumption at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was determined using a yield-curve based approach. A yield curve was produced for a universe containing the majority of U.S.-issued Aa-graded corporate bonds, all of which were non-callable (or callable with make-whole provisions), and after excluding the 10% of the bonds with the highest and lowest yields. The discount rate was developed as the level equivalent rate that would produce the same present value as that using spot rates aligned with the projected benefit payments.

132

The net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income for the Plans included the following components:

Year Ended December 31	2013			2012			2011
Service cost	$	65		$	59		$	58
Interest cost		5,728			6,173			6,746
Expected return on plan assets		(9,081	)		(7,935	)		(7,647	)
Transition amount amortization		(93	)		(93	)		(93	)
Prior service credit amortization		7			7			7
Actuarial loss amortization		2,263			1,861			1,131
Net periodic pension cost (gain)		(1,111	)		72			202
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
Current year actuarial (gain) loss		(20,938	)		10,594			19,097
Amortization of actuarial loss		(2,263	)		(1,861	)		(1,131	)
Amortization of prior service credit		(7	)		(7	)		(7	)
Amortization of transition asset		93			93			93
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		(23,115	)		8,819			18,052
Total recognized in net periodic pension cost (gain) and other comprehensive income	$	(24,226	)	$	8,891		$	18,254

The plans have an actuarial measurement date of December 31. Actuarial assumptions used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost in the Plans are as follows:

Assumptions for the Year Ended December 31	2013			2012			2011
Weighted average discount rate		3.78	%		4.39	%		5.28	%
Rates of increase in compensation levels		4.00	%		4.00	%		4.00	%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets		7.25	%		7.50	%		7.50	%

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets has been established by considering historical and anticipated expected returns on the asset classes invested in by the pension trust and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes.

The change in plan assets reflects benefits paid from the qualified pension plans of $5,212 and $5,813 for 2013 and 2012, respectively, and employer contributions to the qualified pension plans of $15,000 and $5,000 for 2013 and 2012, respectively. For the non-qualified pension plans, the change in plan assets reflects benefits paid and contributions to the plans in the same amount. This amount represents the actual benefit payments paid from general plan assets of $1,322 for 2013 and $1,326 for 2012.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the qualified and non-qualified pension plans were as follows:

	Qualified Pension Plans				Non-Qualified Pension Plans
December 31	2013		2012		2013		2012
Projected benefit obligation	$	120,512	$	133,116	$	19,219	$	20,842
Accumulated benefit obligation		120,512		133,116		18,971		20,490
Fair value of plan assets		139,737		113,416		—		—

133

The impact of changes in the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and compensation levels would have had the following effects on 2013 pension expense:

	Estimated Increase in Pension Expense
0.5% decrease in the discount rate	$	(35	)
0.5% decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets		626

The following table provides information regarding estimated future cash flows relating to the Plans at December 31, 2013:

Expected employer contributions:	2014	$	1,322
Expected benefit payments:	2014		6,510
	2015		6,862
	2016		7,246
	2017		9,127
	2018		8,113
	2019 – 2023		44,995

The qualified pension plan contributions are deposited into a trust and the qualified benefit payments are made from trust assets. For the non-qualified plans, the contributions and the benefit payments are the same and reflect expected benefit amounts, which are paid from general assets.

The Corporation’s subsidiaries participate in a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan under which employees may contribute a percentage of their salary. Employees are eligible to participate upon their first day of employment. Under this plan, the Corporation matches 100% of the first four percent that the employee defers. Additionally, substantially all employees receive an automatic contribution of three percent of compensation at the end of the year and the Corporation may make an additional contribution of up to two percent depending on the Corporation achieving its performance goals for the plan year. The Corporation’s contribution expense was $9,300 for 2013, $8,860 for 2012 and $8,445 for 2011.

The Corporation also sponsors an ERISA Excess Lost Match Plan for certain officers. This plan provides retirement benefits equal to the difference, if any, between the maximum benefit allowable under the Internal Revenue Code and the amount that would have been provided under the qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan, if no limits were applied.

Pension Plan Investment Policy and Strategy

The Corporation’s investment strategy for the RIP is to diversify plan assets between a wide mix of securities within the equity and debt markets in an effort to allow the plan the opportunity to meet the plan’s expected long-term rate of return requirements while minimizing short-term volatility. In this regard, the plan has targeted allocations within the equity securities category for domestic large cap, domestic mid cap, domestic small cap, real estate investment trusts, emerging market and international securities. Within the debt securities category, the plan has targeted allocation levels for U.S. Treasury, U.S. agency, domestic investment-grade bonds, high-yield bonds, inflation-protected securities and international bonds.

134

The following table presents asset allocations for the Corporation’s pension plans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the target allocation for 2014, by asset category:

	Target Allocation			Percentage of Plan Assets
December 31	2014			2013			2012
Asset Category
Equity securities		45 - 65	%		57	%		57	%
Debt securities		30 - 50			40			40
Cash equivalents		0 - 10			3			3

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, equity securities included 550,128 shares of the Corporation’s common stock totaling $6,943 (5.0% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2012 and $5,842 (5.2% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2012. The plan did not acquire additional shares during 2013. Dividends received on the Corporation’s common stock held by the Plan were $264 for both 2013 and 2012.

The fair values of the Corporation’s pension plan assets by asset category are as follows:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2013
Asset Class
Cash	$	4,090	$	—		—	$	4,090
Equity securities:
F.N.B. Corporation		6,943		—		—		6,943
Other large-cap U.S. financial services companies		2,354		—		—		2,354
Other large-cap U.S. companies		34,345		—		—		34,345
International companies		555		—		—		555
Mutual fund equity investments:
U.S. equity index funds:
U.S. large-cap equity index funds		2,543		—		—		2,543
U.S. small-cap equity index funds		2,850		—		—		2,850
U.S. mid-cap equity index funds		3,911		—		—		3,911
Non-U.S. equities growth fund		10,783		—		—		10,783
U.S. equity funds:
U.S. mid-cap		7,919		—		—		7,919
U.S. small-cap		3,653		—		—		3,653
Other		4,469		—		—		4,469
Fixed income securities:
U.S. government agencies		—		44,653		—		44,653
Fixed income mutual funds:
U.S. investment-grade fixed income securities		10,196		—		—		10,196
Non-U.S. fixed income securities		473		—		—		473
	$	95,084	$	44,653		—	$	139,737

135

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2012
Asset Class
Cash	$	3,587	$	—		—	$	3,587
Equity securities:
F.N.B. Corporation		5,842		—		—		5,842
Other large-cap U.S. financial services companies		1,563		—		—		1,563
Other large-cap U.S. companies		27,709		—		—		27,709
International companies		624		—		—		624
Mutual fund equity investments:
U.S. equity index funds:
U.S. large-cap equity index funds		2,129		—		—		2,129
U.S. small-cap equity index funds		2,096		—		—		2,096
U.S. mid-cap equity index funds		2,928		—		—		2,928
Non-U.S. equities growth fund		8,972		—		—		8,972
U.S. equity funds:
U.S. mid-cap		5,893		—		—		5,893
U.S. small-cap		2,856		—		—		2,856
Other		4,280		—		—		4,280
Fixed income securities:
U.S. government agencies		—		36,030		—		36,030
Fixed income mutual funds:
U.S. investment-grade fixed income securities		8,404		—		—		8,404
Non-U.S. fixed income securities		503		—		—		503
	$	77,386	$	36,030		—	$	113,416

The classifications for Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 are discussed in the Fair Value Measurements footnote.

17.    Income Taxes

Income tax expense, allocated based on a separate tax return basis, consists of the following:

Year Ended December 31	2013			2012		2011
Current income taxes:
Federal taxes	$	33,614		$	22,182	$	18,721
State taxes		(116	)		416		354
		33,498			22,598		19,075
Deferred income taxes:
Federal taxes		11,258			21,175		12,929
State taxes		—			—		—
		11,258			21,175		12,929
	$	44,756		$	43,773	$	32,004

Income tax expense related to gains on the sale of securities was $283, $107 and $1,278 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income tax expense and the effective tax rate for 2013 were favorably impacted by $359 of uncertain tax positions reversed in the current period. The effective tax rates for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were all lower than the statutory tax rate due to tax benefits resulting from tax-exempt income on investments, loans, tax credits and income from BOLI.

136

The following table provides a reconciliation between the statutory tax rate and the actual effective tax rate:

Year Ended December 31	2013			2012			2011
Statutory tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Effect of tax-free interest and dividend income		(4.3	)		(4.7	)		(5.9	)
Tax credits and settlements		(2.4	)		(1.8	)		(1.9	)
Life insurance		(0.4	)		—			—
Other items		(0.4	)		(0.1	)		(0.3	)
Actual effective tax rate		27.5	%		28.4	%		26.9	%

The following table presents the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities:

December 31	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses	$	39,292		$	36,714
Discount on purchased loans		41,012			24,339
Net operating loss/tax credit carryforwards		17,052			15,196
Deferred compensation		8,208			7,429
Securities impairments		20,371			19,999
Pension and other defined benefit plans		2,190			16,335
Net unrealized securities losses		13,295			—
Other		3,567			4,268
Total		144,987			124,280
Valuation allowance		(15,611	)		(16,329	)
Total deferred tax assets		129,376			107,951
Deferred tax liabilities:
Loan costs		(931	)		(287	)
Depreciation		(9,819	)		(9,794	)
Prepaid expenses		(1,261	)		(1,083	)
Amortizable intangibles		(11,346	)		(8,200	)
Lease financing		(6,290	)		(4,915	)
Debt discharge income deferral		(3,402	)		—
Originated mortgage servicing rights		(2,721	)		—
Other		(1,214	)		(1,089	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(36,984	)		(25,368	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	92,392		$	82,583

The Corporation establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the Corporation will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets or when future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessment of realizable deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation had unused state net operating loss carryforwards expiring from 2018 to 2032. The Corporation anticipates that neither the state net operating loss carryforwards nor the other net deferred tax assets at certain of its subsidiaries will be utilized and, as such, has recorded a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets related to these carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation has approximately $660 and $1,088, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and the federal tax benefit of unrecognized state tax benefits. Also,

137

as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, additional unrecognized tax benefits relating to accrued interest, net of the related federal tax benefit, amounted to $69 and $150, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, $498 of these tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. The Corporation recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To the extent interest is not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.

The Corporation files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state jurisdictions. The Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2010. Federal examinations for years 2009 and prior have been closed with no material impact to the Corporation’s financial position. With limited exception, the Corporation is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for years prior to 2009 and state income tax returns for 2009 through 2011 are currently subject to examination. The Corporation anticipates that a reduction in the unrecognized tax benefit of up to $408 may occur in the next twelve months from the expiration of statutes of limitations which would result in a reduction in income taxes.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and the federal income tax benefit of unrecognized state tax benefits) is as follows:

Year Ended December 31	2013			2012
Balance at beginning of year	$	1,088		$	1,376
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		74			87
Additions based on tax positions of prior year		—			—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—			—
Reductions due to expiration of statute of limitations		(502	)		(375	)
Balance at end of year	$	660		$	1,088

18.    Comprehensive Income

The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, by component:

Year Ended December 31, 2013	Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale			Non-Credit Related  Loss on Debt Securities not Expected to be Sold			Unrealized Losses on Derivative Instruments			Unrecognized Pension and Postretirement Obligations			Total
Balance at beginning of period	$	9,269		$	(8,039	)	$	(171	)	$	(47,283	)	$	(46,224	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications		(20,643	)		1,847			(6,415	)		15,011			(10,200	)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income		(500	)		—			—			—			(500	)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)		(21,143	)		1,847			(6,415	)		15,011			(10,700	)
Balance at end of period	$	(11,874	)	$	(6,192	)	$	(6,586	)	$	(32,272	)	$	(56,924	)

138

The following table presents a summary of the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income:

Year Ended December 31, 2013
Details About Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Component	Amount Reclassified  from Other Comprehensive Income			Affected Line Item in the Statement where Net Income is Presented
Unrealized net gains on securities available for sale (1)	$	(767	)	Net securities gains
		(267	)	Tax expense
	$	(500	)

(1) For additional detail related to unrealized net gains on securities available for sale and related amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income see the “Securities” note in this Report.

19.    Earnings per Share

The following tables set forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

Year Ended December 31	2013		2012		2011
Net income available to common stockholders	$	117,804	$	110,410	$	87,047
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		146,186,982		139,135,272		124,145,924
Net effect of dilutive stock options, warrants, restricted stock and convertible debt		1,622,522		1,504,893		866,154
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		147,809,504		140,640,165		125,012,078
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.81	$	0.79	$	0.70
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.80	$	0.79	$	0.70

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 49,995, 172,709 and 392,299 shares of common stock, respectively, related to stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the shares was greater than the average market price of the common shares and therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.

20.    Stockholders’ Equity

On November 1, 2013, the Corporation completed a public offering of 4,693,876 shares of common stock at a price of $12.25 per share, including 612,244 shares of common stock purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option, which the underwriters exercised in full. On November 1, 2013, the Corporation also completed a public offering of 4,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/40^th interest in the Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E, of the Corporation, at a price of $25.00 per share. On November 14, 2013, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option of 435,080 additional Depositary Shares at the same terms. The net proceeds of the combined offerings after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses were $161,316.

21.    Regulatory Matters

The Corporation and FNBPA are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Quantitative measures established by regulators to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and FNBPA to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and tier 1 capital (as defined in the

139

regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of leverage ratio (as defined). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions, by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and FNBPA must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Corporation’s and FNBPA’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

The Corporation’s management believes that, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Corporation and FNBPA met all capital adequacy requirements to which either of them was subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the federal banking agencies categorized the Corporation and FNBPA as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since the notification which management believes have changed this categorization.

During June 2013, $15,000 of the Corporation-issued TPS were repurchased at a discount and the related debt extinguished. This $15,000 was opportunistically purchased at auction and represents a portion of the underlying collateral of a pooled TPS that was liquidated by the trustee. During December 2013, the Corporation redeemed $115,000 of the Corporation-issued TPS in conjunction with its capital raise completed in November 2013. The regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2013 reflect these decreases in TPS, with remaining TPS included in tier 1 capital totaling $74,000.

Following are the capital ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 for the Corporation and FNBPA (dollars in thousands):

	Actual					Well-Capitalized Requirements					Minimum  Capital Requirements
December 31, 2013	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
F.N.B. Corporation:
Total capital to risk-weighted assets	$	1,258,312		12.5	%	$	1,009,952		10.0	%	$	807,962		8.0	%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets		1,117,956		11.1			605,971		6.0			403,981		4.0
Leverage ratio		1,117,956		8.8			634,527		5.0			507,622		4.0
FNBPA:
Total capital to risk-weighted assets		1,144,510		11.5			995,524		10.0			796,419		8.0
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets		1,035,659		10.4			597,314		6.0			398,210		4.0
Leverage ratio		1,035,659		8.3			623,921		5.0			499,137		4.0
December 31, 2012
F.N.B. Corporation:
Total capital to risk-weighted assets	$	1,068,704		12.2	%	$	879,316		10.0	%	$	703,453		8.0	%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets		934,443		10.6			527,589		6.0			351,726		4.0
Leverage ratio		934,443		8.3			563,649		5.0			450,919		4.0
FNBPA:
Total capital to risk-weighted assets		999,717		11.6			859,468		10.0			687,574		8.0
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets		895,177		10.4			515,681		6.0			343,787		4.0
Leverage ratio		895,177		8.1			555,360		5.0			444,288		4.0

FNBPA was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves with the FRB amounting to $18,679 at December 31, 2013. The Corporation also maintains deposits for various services such as check clearing.

140

Certain limitations exist under applicable law and regulations by regulatory agencies regarding dividend distributions to a parent by its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s subsidiaries had $116,806 of retained earnings available for distribution to the Corporation without prior regulatory approval.

Under current FRB regulations, FNBPA is limited in the amount it may lend to non-bank affiliates, including the Corporation. Such loans must be secured by specified collateral. In addition, any such loans to a non-bank affiliate may not exceed 10% of FNBPA’s capital and surplus and the aggregate of loans to all such affiliates may not exceed 20% of FNBPA’s capital and surplus. The maximum amount that may be borrowed by the Corporation under these provisions was $182,499 at December 31, 2013.

22.    Cash Flow Information

Following is a summary of cash flow information:

Year Ended December 31	2013		2012		2011
Interest paid on deposits and other borrowings	$	46,337	$	56,306	$	75,178
Income taxes paid		34,200		22,250		13,250
Transfers of loans to other real estate owned		15,836		14,102		21,679
Transfers of other real estate owned to loans		701		839		598

Supplemental non-cash information relating to the Corporation’s acquisitions is included in the Mergers and Acquisitions footnote included in this Item of the Report.

23.    Business Segments

The Corporation operates in four reportable segments: Community Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance and Consumer Finance.

• The Community Banking segment provides commercial and consumer banking services. Commercial banking solutions include corporate banking, small business banking, investment real estate financing, asset based lending, capital markets and lease financing. Consumer banking products and services include deposit products, mortgage lending, consumer lending and a complete suite of mobile and online banking services.

• The Wealth Management segment provides a broad range of personal and corporate fiduciary services including the administration of decedent and trust estates. In addition, it offers various alternative products, including securities brokerage and investment advisory services, mutual funds and annuities.

• The Insurance segment includes a full-service insurance agency offering all lines of commercial and personal insurance through major carriers. The Insurance segment also includes a reinsurer.

• The Consumer Finance segment primarily makes installment loans to individuals and purchases installment sales finance contracts from retail merchants. The Consumer Finance segment activity is funded through the sale of the Corporation’s subordinated notes at the finance company’s branch offices.

141

The following tables provide financial information for these segments of the Corporation. The information provided under the caption “Parent and Other” represents operations not considered to be reportable segments and/or general operating expenses of the Corporation, and includes the parent company, other non-bank subsidiaries and eliminations and adjustments which are necessary for purposes of reconciliation to the consolidated amounts.

	Community Banking		Wealth Manage- ment		Insurance		Consumer Finance		Parent and Other			Consolidated
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Interest income	$	396,243	$	—	$	109	$	37,956	$	6,078		$	440,386
Interest expense		32,178		—		—		3,378		8,788			44,344
Net interest income		364,065		—		109		34,578		(2,710	)		396,042
Provision for loan losses		23,502		—		—		6,834		754			31,090
Non-interest income		97,156		28,717		13,175		2,794		(6,064	)		135,778
Non-interest expense		271,657		25,067		11,448		19,052		2,539			329,763
Intangible amortization		7,697		304		406		—		—			8,407
Income tax expense (benefit)		43,966		1,248		519		4,320		(5,297	)		44,756
Net income (loss)		114,399		2,098		911		7,166		(6,770	)		117,804
Total assets		13,381,047		20,959		20,214		188,259		(47,074	)		13,563,405
Total intangibles		788,513		11,008		10,526		1,809		—			811,856
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Interest income	$	390,680	$	4	$	113	$	35,279	$	5,830		$	431,906
Interest expense		45,604		—		—		3,584		9,867			59,055
Net interest income		345,076		4		113		31,695		(4,037	)		372,851
Provision for loan losses		24,606		—		—		6,115		581			31,302
Non-interest income		96,853		24,152		13,035		2,343		(5,131	)		131,252
Non-interest expense		258,063		20,141		11,503		18,410		1,577			309,694
Intangible amortization		8,184		320		420		—		—			8,924
Income tax expense (benefit)		42,991		1,358		438		3,615		(4,629	)		43,773
Net income (loss)		108,085		2,337		787		5,898		(6,697	)		110,410
Total assets		11,845,122		19,610		18,675		178,149		(37,580	)		12,023,976
Total intangibles		689,354		11,312		10,931		1,809		—			713,406
At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Interest income	$	350,801	$	11	$	124	$	34,168	$	6,021		$	391,125
Interest expense		60,132		—		—		4,281		10,204			74,617
Net interest income		290,669		11		124		29,887		(4,183	)		316,508
Provision for loan losses		26,957		—		—		6,152		532			33,641
Non-interest income		88,172		23,238		12,325		2,132		(6,137	)		119,730
Non-interest expense		227,696		18,518		11,568		17,210		1,514			276,506
Intangible amortization		6,279		335		426		—		—			7,040
Income tax expense (benefit)		31,869		1,587		169		3,274		(4,895	)		32,004
Net income (loss)		86,040		2,809		286		5,383		(7,471	)		87,047
Total assets		9,583,439		19,579		17,301		171,350		(5,186	)		9,786,483
Total intangibles		574,622		11,632		11,352		1,809		—			599,415

142

24.    Fair Value Measurements

The Corporation uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Corporation may be required to record at fair value other assets on a non-recurring basis, such as mortgage loans held for sale, certain impaired loans, OREO and certain other assets.

Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are not adjusted for transaction costs. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant who holds the asset or owes the liability rather than an entity-specific measure.

In determining fair value, the Corporation uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and cost approaches. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, which are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Corporation. Unobservable inputs reflect the Corporation’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

Measurement Category	Definition
Level 1	valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
Level 2	valuation is based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar instruments traded in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by market data.
Level 3	valuation is derived from other valuation methodologies including discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in determining fair value.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies the Corporation uses for financial instruments recorded at fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis:

Securities Available For Sale

Securities available for sale consists of both debt and equity securities. These securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. At December 31, 2013, 97% of these securities used valuation methodologies

143

involving market-based or market-derived information, collectively Level 1 and Level 2 measurements, to measure fair value. The remaining 3% of these securities were measured using model-based techniques, with primarily unobservable (Level 3) inputs.

The Corporation closely monitors market conditions involving assets that have become less actively traded. If the fair value measurement is based upon recent observable market activity of such assets or comparable assets (other than forced or distressed transactions) that occur in sufficient volume, and do not require significant adjustment using unobservable inputs, those assets are classified as Level 1 or Level 2; if not, they are classified as Level 3. Making this assessment requires significant judgment.

The Corporation uses prices from independent pricing services and, to a lesser extent, indicative (non-binding) quotes from independent brokers, to measure the fair value of investment securities. The Corporation validates prices received from pricing services or brokers using a variety of methods, including, but not limited to, comparison to secondary pricing services, corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as secondary broker quotes and relevant benchmark indices, and review of pricing information for a sample of securities provided by the independent pricing service by Corporate personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions.

The Corporation determines the valuation of its investments in pooled TPS with the assistance of a third-party independent financial consulting firm that specializes in advisory services related to illiquid financial investments. The consulting firm provides the Corporation appropriate valuation methodology, performance assumptions, modeling techniques, discounted cash flows, discount rates using the underlying index plus 4.5-14%, and sensitivity analyses with respect to levels of defaults and deferrals necessary to produce losses.

Additionally, the Corporation utilizes the firm’s expertise to reassess assumptions to reflect actual conditions. See the Securities footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements section of this Report for information on how the Corporation reassesses assumptions to determine the valuation of its pooled TPS. Accessing the services of a financial consulting firm with a focus on financial instruments assists the Corporation in accurately valuing these complex financial instruments and facilitates informed decision-making with respect to such instruments.

The Level 3 CDOs could be subject to sensitivities in market risks that may cause the discount rates on these instruments to vary from those currently utilized to determine fair value. These discount rates vary today, but typically range between 4.5-14% over the coupon rate of the specific security. The valuations are somewhat sensitive to changes in the discount rate. For example, each 1% change in the discount rate will alter the fair value of these debt obligations by approximately $3,000 or 7% of the total book value. Factors that could influence the discount rate include: the overall health of the economy, the current and projected health of the banking system and its impact upon banks’ capital strategies, access to capital markets for the underlying debt issuers and regulatory matters. Generally, in an improving economy the health of the banking system should be improving and capital market access would be open, thus reducing market risk premiums and therefore discount rates for these instruments. Conversely, the opposite is true, a weakening economy puts pressure on the banking system and the financial health of banks. The Corporation takes all these factors into consideration when establishing a fair value for these Level 3 obligations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Corporation determines its fair value for derivatives using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity and uses observable market based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities.

The Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own non-performance risk and the respective counterparty’s non-performance risk in the fair value measurements. In

144

adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of non-performance risk, the Corporation considers the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees.

Although the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. However, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Corporation has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held For Sale

These loans are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Under lower of cost or fair value accounting, periodically, it may be necessary to record non-recurring fair value adjustments. Fair value, when recorded, is based on independent quoted market prices and is classified as Level 2.

Impaired Loans

The Corporation reserves for commercial loan relationships greater than or equal to $500 that the Corporation considers impaired as defined in ASC 310 at the time the Corporation identifies the loan as impaired based upon the present value of expected future cash flows available to pay the loan, or based upon the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs where a loan is collateral dependent. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and accounts receivable.

The Corporation determines the fair value of real estate based on appraisals by licensed or certified appraisers. The value of business assets is generally based on amounts reported on the business’ financial statements. Management must rely on the financial statements prepared and certified by the borrower or its accountants in determining the value of these business assets on an ongoing basis which may be subject to significant change over time. Based on the quality of information or statements provided, management may require the use of business asset appraisals and site-inspections to better value these assets. The Corporation may discount appraised and reported values based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation or management’s knowledge of the borrower and the borrower’s business. Since not all valuation inputs are observable, the Corporation classifies these non-recurring fair value determinations as Level 2 or Level 3 based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Corporation reviews and evaluates impaired loans no less frequently than quarterly for additional impairment based on the same factors identified above.

Other Real Estate Owned

OREO is comprised of commercial and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations plus some bank owned real estate. OREO acquired in settlement of indebtedness is recorded at the lower of carrying amount of the loan or fair value less costs to sell. Subsequently, these assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Accordingly, it may be necessary to record non-recurring fair value adjustments. Fair value is generally based upon appraisals by licensed or certified appraisers and other market information and is classified as Level 2 or Level 3.

145

The following table presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2013
Assets measured at fair value
Available for sale debt securities
U.S. government-sponsored entities	$	—	$	330,985	$	—	$	330,985
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		250,881		—		250,881
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		—		491,199		—		491,199
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		—		18		1,744		1,762
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		—		17,002		—		17,002
Collateralized debt obligations		—		—		31,595		31,595
Other debt securities		—		16,100		—		16,100
		—		1,106,185		33,339		1,139,524
Available for sale equity securities
Financial services industry		584		1,067		410		2,061
Insurance services industry		65		—		—		65
		649		1,067		410		2,126
		649		1,107,252		33,749		1,141,650
Derivative financial instruments
Trading		—		33,317		—		33,317
Not for trading		—		—		—		—
		—		33,317		—		33,317
	$	649	$	1,140,569	$	33,749	$	1,174,967
Liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments
Trading		—	$	33,236		—	$	33,236
Not for trading		—		10,133		—		10,133
		—	$	43,369		—	$	43,369

146

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2012
Assets measured at fair value
Available for sale debt securities
U.S. government-sponsored entities	$	—	$	354,457	$	—	$	354,457
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		275,150		—		275,150
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations		—		469,547		—		469,547
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations		—		24		2,705		2,729
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions		—		24,824		—		24,824
Collateralized debt obligations		—		—		22,456		22,456
Other debt securities		—		14,621		6,892		21,513
		—		1,138,623		32,053		1,170,676
Available for sale equity securities
Financial services industry		351		1,099		512		1,962
Insurance services industry		45		—		—		45
		396		1,099		512		2,007
		396		1,139,722		32,565		1,172,683
Derivative financial instruments
Trading		—		58,008		—		58,008
Not for trading		—		—		—		—
		—		58,008		—		58,008
	$	396	$	1,197,730	$	32,565	$	1,230,691
Liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments
Trading		—	$	58,150		—	$	58,150
Not for trading		—		—		—		—
		—	$	58,150		—	$	58,150

During 2013, the Corporation transferred out of Level 2 and Level 3 equity securities that now trade on NASDAQ. At December 31, 2013, the securities are classified as Level 1. Additionally during 2013, the Corporation transferred out of Level 3 and into Level 2 four single name TPS. There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between the hierarchy levels for 2012.

147

The following table presents additional information about assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which the Corporation has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

	Pooled Trust Preferred Collateralized Debt Obligations			Other Debt Securities			Equity Securities			Residential Non-Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations			Total
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Balance at beginning of period	$	22,456		$	6,892		$	512		$	2,705		$	32,565
Total gains (losses) – realized/unrealized:
Included in earnings		—			78			—			—			78
Included in other comprehensive income		6,701			21			18			(35	)		6,705
Accretion included in earnings		3,160			4			—			12			3,176
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
Purchases		—			—			—			—			—
Issuances		38			—			—			—			38
Sales/redemptions		—			(1,033	)		—			—			(1,033	)
Settlements		(760	)		—			—			(938	)		(1,698	)
Transfers from Level 3		—			(5,962	)		(120	)		—			(6,082	)
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—			—			—
Balance at end of period	$	31,595		$	—		$	410		$	1,744		$	33,749
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	5,998		$	5,197		$	408		$	—		$	11,603
Total gains (losses) – realized/unrealized:
Included in earnings		—			—			—			—			—
Included in other comprehensive income		917			732			104			49			1,802
Accretion included in earnings		2,515			9			—			20			2,544
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
Purchases		16,569			954			—			4,230			21,753
Issuances		46			—			—			—			46
Sales/redemptions		(2,542	)		—			—			—			(2,542	)
Settlements		(1,047	)		—			—			(1,594	)		(2,641	)
Transfers from Level 3		—			—			—			—			—
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—			—			—
Balance at end of period	$	22,456		$	6,892		$	512		$	2,705		$	32,565

The Corporation reviews fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in/out of Level 3 at fair value at the beginning of the period in which the changes occur. See the Securities footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements section of this Report for information relating to significant unobservable inputs used in determining Level 3 fair values.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the amount of total losses included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held as of the end of the year was $27 and $212, respectively. These losses are included in net impairment losses on securities reported as a component of non-interest income.

148

In accordance with GAAP, from time to time, the Corporation measures certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets. Valuation methodologies used to measure these fair value adjustments were previously described. For assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis still held in the balance sheet, the following table provides the hierarchy level and the fair value of the related assets or portfolios. These amounts represent the fair values at the time the non-recurring fair value measurements were made, and not necessarily the fair value as of the dates reported upon.

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2013
Impaired loans		—	$	3,235	$	59	$	3,294
Other real estate owned		—		4,485		14,957		19,442
December 31, 2012
Impaired loans		—	$	14,325	$	3,171	$	17,496
Other real estate owned		—		5,771		13,540		19,311
Investment security, held-to-maturity:
Non-agency CMO		—		—		3,636		3,636

Impaired loans measured or re-measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2013 had a carrying amount of $3,728 and an allocated allowance for loan losses of $825 at December 31, 2013. The allocated allowance is based on fair value of $3,294 less estimated costs to sell of $391. The allowance for loan losses includes a provision applicable to the current period fair value measurements of $257, which was included in the provision for loan losses for 2013.

OREO with a carrying amount of $20,830 was written down to $17,060 (fair value of $19,442 less estimated costs to sell of $2,381), resulting in a loss of $3,770, which was included in earnings for 2013.

The investment security held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2012 represents a non-agency CMO where OTTI had been identified and the investment had been adjusted to fair value. This security was sold during the first quarter of 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each financial instrument:

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable.    For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities.    For both securities available for sale and securities held to maturity, fair value equals the quoted market price from an active market, if available, and is classified within Level 1. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities or pricing models, and is classified as Level 2. Where there is limited market activity or significant valuation inputs are unobservable, securities are classified within Level 3. Under current market conditions, assumptions used to determine the fair value of Level 3 securities have greater subjectivity due to the lack of observable market transactions.

Loans.    The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities less an illiquidity discount. The fair value of variable and adjustable rate loans approximates the carrying amount. Due to the significant judgment involved in evaluating credit quality, loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

149

Bank Owned Life Insurance.    The Corporation owns general account, separate account and hybrid account bank owned life insurance (BOLI). The fair value of the general account BOLI is based on the insurance contract cash surrender value. The separate account BOLI has a stable value protection (SVP) component that mitigates the impact of market value fluctuations of the underlying account assets. The SVP component guarantees the book value, which is the insurance contract cash surrender value. The hybrid account BOLI also has a guaranteed book value, except it does not require a stable value protection component. Instead, the insurance carrier incurs the investment return risk, which is imbedded in their fee structure.

If the Corporation’s separate account and hybrid account BOLI book value exceeds the market value of the underlying securities, then the fair value of the separate account and hybrid account BOLI is the cash surrender value. If the Corporation’s separate account and hybrid account BOLI book value is less than the market value of the underlying securities, then the fair value of the separate account and hybrid account BOLI is the quoted market price of the underlying securities.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities.    The Corporation determines its fair value for derivatives using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity and uses observable market based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities.

The Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own non-performance risk and the respective counterparty’s non-performance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of non-performance risk, the Corporation considers the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees.

Although the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. However, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Corporation has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits.    The estimated fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date because of the customers’ ability to withdraw funds immediately. The fair value of fixed-maturity deposits is estimated by discounting future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Short-Term Borrowings.    The carrying amounts for short-term borrowings approximate fair value for amounts that mature in 90 days or less. The fair value of subordinated notes is estimated by discounting future cash flows using rates currently offered.

Long-Term and Junior Subordinated Debt.    The fair value of long-term and junior subordinated debt is estimated by discounting future cash flows based on the market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered to the Corporation for debt of the same remaining maturities.

Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit.    Estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items were not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit standing of the counterparties. Also, unfunded loan commitments relate principally to variable rate commercial loans, typically are non-binding, and fees are not normally assessed on these balances.

150

Nature of Estimates.    Many of the estimates presented herein are based upon the use of highly subjective information and assumptions and, accordingly, the results may not be precise. Management believes that fair value estimates may not be comparable to other financial institutions due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made. Further, because the disclosed fair value amounts were estimated as of the balance sheet date, the amounts actually realized or paid upon maturity or settlement of the various financial instruments could be significantly different.

The fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments are as follows:

					Fair Value Measurements
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
December 31, 2013
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	213,981	$	213,981	$	213,981	$	—	$	—
Securities available for sale		1,141,650		1,141,650		649		1,107,252		33,749
Securities held to maturity		1,199,169		1,189,563		—		1,182,671		6,892
Net loans, including loans held for sale		9,402,448		9,243,780		—		—		9,243,780
Bank owned life insurance		289,402		292,694		292,694		—		—
Derivative assets		33,317		33,317		—		33,317		—
Accrued interest receivable		35,520		35,520		35,520		—		—
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		10,198,232		10,208,268		7,592,159		2,616,109		—
Short-term borrowings		1,241,239		1,241,239		1,241,239		—		—
Long-term debt		143,928		145,995		—		—		145,995
Junior subordinated debt		75,205		70,442		—		—		70,442
Derivative liabilities		43,369		43,369		—		43,369		—
Accrued interest payable		7,061		7,061		7,061		—		—
December 31, 2012
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	239,044	$	239,044	$	239,044	$	—	$	—
Securities available for sale		1,172,683		1,172,683		396		1,139,722		32,565
Securities held to maturity		1,106,563		1,143,213		—		1,128,524		14,689
Net loans, including loans held for sale		8,061,096		7,996,554		—		—		7,966,554
Bank owned life insurance		246,088		257,060		257,060		—		—
Derivative assets		58,008		58,008		—		58,008		—
Accrued interest receivable		30,210		30,210		30,210		—		—
Financial Liabilities
Deposits		9,082,174		9,117,757		6,546,316		2,571,441		—
Short-term borrowings		1,083,138		1,083,138		1,083,138		—		—
Long-term debt		89,425		92,329		—		—		92,329
Junior subordinated debt		204,019		172,246		—		—		172,246
Derivative liabilities		58,150		58,150		—		58,150		—
Accrued interest payable		9,054		9,054		9,054		—		—

151

25.    Parent Company Financial Statements

The following is condensed financial information of F.N.B. Corporation (parent company only). In this information, the parent company’s investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since acquisition. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.

Balance Sheets December 31	2013		2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	145,910	$	114,654
Securities available for sale		2,061		1,962
Other assets		18,387		15,856
Investment in bank subsidiary		1,759,551		1,554,543
Investments in and advances to non-bank subsidiaries		254,124		253,807
Total Assets	$	2,180,033	$	1,940,822
Liabilities
Other liabilities	$	25,225	$	28,381
Advances from affiliates		294,245		295,100
Junior subordinated debt		76,290		205,156
Subordinated notes:
Short-term		8,439		8,355
Long-term		1,451		1,761
Total Liabilities		405,650		538,753
Stockholders’ Equity		1,774,383		1,402,069
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	2,180,033	$	1,940,822

Statements of Income Year Ended December 31	2013		2012		2011
Income
Dividend income from subsidiaries:
Bank	$	77,153	$	74,412	$	65,130
Non-bank		5,950		6,400		8,638
		83,103		80,812		73,768
Interest income		5,277		5,802		6,172
Other income		1,874		1,442		71
Total Income		90,254		88,056		80,011
Expenses
Interest expense		14,325		15,646		16,744
Other expenses		8,196		7,640		6,197
Total Expenses		22,521		23,286		22,941
Income Before Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiaries		67,733		64,770		57,070
Income tax benefit		6,267		6,151		6,296
		74,000		70,921		63,366
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries:
Bank		42,094		38,401		25,508
Non-bank		1,710		1,088		(1,827	)
Net Income	$	117,804	$	110,410	$	87,047

152

Statements of Cash Flows Year Ended December 31	2013			2012			2011
Operating Activities
Net income	$	117,804		$	110,410		$	87,047
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
Undistributed earnings from subsidiaries		(43,804	)		(39,489	)		(23,681	)
Other, net		(6,218	)		109			8,666
Net cash flows provided by operating activities		67,782			71,030			72,032
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale		128			201			389
(Increase) decrease in property, plant and equipment		—			4,193			(243	)
Net decrease (increase) in advances to subsidiaries		1,080			(1,349	)		(7,551	)
Net increase in investment in subsidiaries		(1,688	)		(79,450	)		(16,611	)
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(480	)		(76,405	)		(24,016	)
Financing Activities
Net (decrease) increase in advance from affiliate		(854	)		12,944			16,900
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings		84			(2	)		(316	)
Decrease in long-term debt		(808	)		(1,277	)		(1,206	)
Increase in long-term debt		499			671			798
Decrease in junior subordinated debt		(134,021	)		—			—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		106,882			—			—
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock		62,092			8,895			71,053
Tax benefit (expense) of stock-based compensation		1,326			386			(61	)
Cash dividends paid		(71,246	)		(67,646	)		(60,686	)
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities		(36,046	)		(46,029	)		26,482
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents		31,256			(51,404	)		74,498
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		114,654			166,058			91,560
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year	$	145,910		$	114,654		$	166,058
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	14,345		$	15,690		$	16,768

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

NONE.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. The Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Corporation’s management, with the participation of its CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a – 15(e) and 15d – 15(e) under the

153

Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Based upon such evaluation, the Corporation’s CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING. Information required by this item is set forth in “Management’s Report on F.N.B. Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting – Reporting at a Bank Holding Company Level” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING. There have not been any changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a – 15(f) and 15d – 15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

NONE.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 21, 2014. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Certain information regarding executive officers is included under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” after Part I, Item 4, of this Report.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 21, 2014. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Neither the Report of the Compensation Committee nor the Report of the Audit Committee shall be deemed filed with the SEC, but shall be deemed furnished to the SEC in this Report, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

With the exception of the equity compensation plan information provided below, the information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 21, 2014. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

154

The following table provides information related to equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013:

Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Stock Options			Weighted Average  Exercise Price of Outstanding Stock Options		Number of Securities Remaining for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		—	(1)		—		2,716,902	(2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		533,524	(3)	$	11.51		n/a

(1) Excludes 1,729,033 shares of restricted common stock awards subject to forfeiture. The shares of restricted stock vest over periods ranging from three to five years from the award date.

(2) Represents shares of common stock registered with the SEC which are eligible for issuance pursuant to stock option or restricted stock awards granted under various plans.

(3) Represents the securities to be issued upon exercise of stock options that the Corporation assumed in various acquisitions. The Corporation does not intend to grant any new awards under these plans.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 21, 2014. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information relating to this item is provided in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 21, 2014. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements of F.N.B. Corporation and subsidiaries required in response to this item are incorporated by reference to Item 8 of this Report.

(b) EXHIBITS

The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are listed in the Index to Exhibits which appears at page 158 and is incorporated by reference.

(c) SCHEDULES

No financial statement schedules are being filed because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto.

155

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

F.N.B. CORPORATION
By	/s/ Vincent J. Delie, Jr.
	Vincent J. Delie, Jr.
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Vincent J. Delie, Jr. Vincent J. Delie, Jr.	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 28, 2014
/s/ Vincent J. Calabrese, Jr. Vincent J. Calabrese, Jr.	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	February 28, 2014
/s/ Timothy G. Rubritz Timothy G. Rubritz	Corporate Controller and Senior Vice President (Principal Accounting Officer)	February 28, 2014
/s/ Stephen J. Gurgovits Stephen J. Gurgovits	Chairman of the Board and Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ William B. Campbell William B. Campbell	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ James D. Chiafullo James D. Chiafullo	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ Laura E. Ellsworth Laura E. Ellsworth	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ Robert B. Goldstein Robert B. Goldstein	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ David J. Malone David J. Malone	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ D. Stephen Martz D. Stephen Martz	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ Robert J. McCarthy, Jr. Robert J. McCarthy, Jr.	Director	February 28, 2014

156

/s/ David L. Motley David L. Motley	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ Arthur J. Rooney II Arthur J. Rooney II	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ John W. Rose John W. Rose	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ John S. Stanik John S. Stanik	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ William J. Strimbu William J. Strimbu	Director	February 28, 2014
/s/ Earl K. Wahl, Jr. Earl K. Wahl, Jr.	Director	February 28, 2014

157

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:

2.1.	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 22, 2012, by and between F.N.B. Corporation and Annapolis Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2012).
2.2.	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 19, 2013, by and between F.N.B. Corporation and PVF Capital Corp (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2013).
2.3.	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 13, 2013, by and between F.N.B. Corporation and BCSB Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2013).
3.1.	Articles of Restatement of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, as currently in effect. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1. of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013).
3.2.	Amended and Restated by-laws of the Corporation as currently in effect. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 22, 2009).
4.2.	Warrant to purchase up to 1,302,083 shares of Common Stock, issued to the United States Department of the Treasury. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).
4.3.	Warrant to purchase up to 819,640.21 shares of Common Stock, issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2012).
4.4.	Warrant to purchase up to 342,564 shares of Common Stock, issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2013).
4.5.	Deposit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between F.N.B. Corporation and Registrar and Transfer Company, as Depositary (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 1, 2013).
4.6.	Speciman Stock Certificate for Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 1, 2013).
4.7.	Form of Depositary Receipt (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.5 above).
10.1.	Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement by and between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and four of its executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 (File No. 000-08144)). *
10.2.	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation, First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Stephen J. Gurgovits. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2008). *
10.3.	Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation, First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Stephen J. Gurgovits. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2008). *
10.4.	Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for Stephen J. Gurgovits pursuant to the F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2008). *

158

10.5.	Amended 2007 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award for Stephen J. Gurgovits pursuant to the F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2008). *
10.6.	Amended 2007 Service-Based Restricted Stock Award for Stephen J. Gurgovits pursuant to the F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2008). *
10.7.	Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement of Stephen J. Gurgovits. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008). *
10.8.	Basic Retirement Plan (formerly the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan) of F.N.B. Corporation effective January 1, 1992. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 (File No. 000-08144)). *
10.9.	F.N.B. Corporation 1998 Director’s Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 000-08144)). *
10.10.	F.N.B. Corporation 2001 Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Form S-8 filed on June 14, 2001 (File No. 333-63042)). *
10.11.	Form of Amendment to Employment Agreements of Vincent Calabrese, Jr. and Gary Guerrieri. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008). *
10.12.	F.N.B. Corporation 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Corporation’s 2011 Proxy Statement filed on March 30, 2011). *
10.13.	Restricted Stock Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 19, 2007). *
10.14.	Performance Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 19, 2007). *
10.15.	Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2008). *
10.16.	Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2008). *
10.17.	Letter Agreement between the Corporation and the United States Department of Treasury, including Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms, incorporated by reference therein. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2009).
10.18.	Employment Agreement between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Timothy G. Rubritz. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2009). *
10.19.	Employment Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation, First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Vincent J. Delie, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2010). *
10.20.	Tax Indemnification Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation and Robert J. McCarthy, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2012).

159

10.21.	Release Agreement between Robert J. McCarthy, Jr., F.N.B. Corporation and First National Bank of Pennsylvania (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2012).
10.22.	Employment Agreement between F.N.B. Corporation and Vincent J. Calabrese. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2013). *
10.23.	Employment Agreement between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and John C. Williams, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2. of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2013). *
11	Computation of Per Share Earnings **
12	Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. (filed herewith).
14	Code of Ethics. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3. of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009). *
21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (filed herewith).
23	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. (filed herewith).
31.1.	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302. (filed herewith).
31.2.	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302. (filed herewith).
32.1.	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 906. (furnished herewith).
32.2.	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 906. (furnished herewith).
101.	The following materials from F.N.B. Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. ***

    * Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of this Report.

  ** This information is provided in the Earnings Per Share footnote in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Item 8 in this Report.

*** This information is deemed furnished, not filed.

160